User interfaces including selectable representations of content items

ABSTRACT

In some embodiments, an electronic device presents representations of items of content available for playback on the electronic device. The representations are optionally presented in a horizontally-scrollable row. In response to a user input to horizontally scroll the row of representations, in some embodiments, the electronic device presents an animation of moving a cropping frame/border between respective representations to scroll the presented representations. In some embodiments, an electronic device presents representations of auxiliary content related to an item of content in a product page user interface of the item of content. In some embodiments, an electronic device presents representations of items of content in accordance with content consumption history of the user account. In some embodiments, an electronic device presents representations of bonus content items associated with a series of episodic content.

CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS

This application is a continuation of U.S. application Ser. No.16/827,942, filed Mar. 24, 2020, which claims the benefit of U.S.Provisional Application No. 62/822,942 filed Mar. 24, 2019, U.S.Provisional Application No. 62/855,871, filed May 31, 2019, and U.S.Provisional Application No. 62/967,437, filed Jan. 29, 2020, thecontents of which are hereby incorporated by reference in theirentireties for all purposes.

FIELD OF THE DISCLOSURE

This relates generally to user interfaces that present information andselectable options related to items of content on an electronic device.

BACKGROUND OF THE DISCLOSURE

User interaction with electronic devices has increased significantly inrecent years. These devices can be devices such as computers, tabletcomputers, televisions, multimedia devices, mobile devices, and thelike.

In some circumstances, such a device presents items of content. In somecircumstances, the electronic device presents selectable representationsof the items of content. Enhancing the user's interactions with thedevice improves the user's experience with the device and decreases userinteraction time, which is particularly important where input devicesare battery-operated.

It is well understood that the use of personally identifiableinformation should follow privacy policies and practices that aregenerally recognized as meeting or exceeding industry or governmentalrequirements for maintaining the privacy of users. In particular,personally identifiable information data should be managed and handledso as to minimize risks of unintentional or unauthorized access or use,and the nature of authorized use should be clearly indicated to users.

SUMMARY OF THE DISCLOSURE

Some embodiments described in this disclosure are directed to presentingrepresentations of items of content available for playback on theelectronic device. Some embodiments described in this disclosure aredirected to presenting representations of auxiliary content in a productpage user interface of an item of content related to the auxiliarycontent. Some embodiments described in this disclosure are directed topresenting representations of content in a manner based on the contentconsumption history of the user. Some embodiments described in thisdisclosure are directed to presenting representations of bonus contentitems in a user interface for a respective series of episodic content.The full descriptions of the embodiments are provided in the Drawingsand the Detailed Description, and it is understood that the Summaryprovided above does not limit the scope of the disclosure in any way.

BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS

For a better understanding of the various described embodiments,reference should be made to the Detailed Description below, inconjunction with the following drawings in which like reference numeralsrefer to corresponding parts throughout the figures.

FIG. 1A is a block diagram illustrating a multifunction device with atouch-sensitive display in accordance with some embodiments of thedisclosure.

FIG. 1B is a block diagram illustrating exemplary components for eventhandling in accordance with some embodiments of the disclosure.

FIG. 2 illustrates a multifunction device having a touch screen inaccordance with some embodiments of the disclosure.

FIG. 3 is a block diagram of an exemplary multifunction device with adisplay and a touch-sensitive surface in accordance with someembodiments of the disclosure.

FIG. 4 illustrates an exemplary user interface for a multifunctiondevice with a touch-sensitive surface that is separate from the displayin accordance with some embodiments of the disclosure.

FIGS. 5A-5C illustrate block diagrams of exemplary architectures fordevices according to some embodiments of the disclosure.

FIGS. 6A-6FF illustrate exemplary ways in which an electronic devicepresents representations of items of content available for playback onthe electronic device in accordance with some embodiments of thedisclosure.

FIGS. 7A-7G are flow diagrams illustrating a method of presentingrepresentations of items of content available for playback on theelectronic device in accordance with some embodiments of the disclosure.

FIGS. 8A-8W illustrate exemplary ways in which an electronic devicepresents representations of auxiliary content related to an item ofcontent in accordance with some embodiments of the disclosure.

FIGS. 9A-9H are flow diagrams illustrating a method of presentingrepresentations of auxiliary content related to an item of content inaccordance with some embodiments of the disclosure.

FIGS. 10A-10S illustrate exemplary ways in which an electronic devicepresents a content browsing user interface that is customized based onthe user's content consumption history in accordance with someembodiments of the disclosure.

FIGS. 11A-11G are flow diagrams illustrating a method of presenting acontent browsing user interface that is customized based on the user'scontent consumption history in accordance with some embodiments of thedisclosure.

FIGS. 12A-12CC illustrate exemplary ways in which an electronic devicepresents representations of bonus content items in a user interface fora respective series of episodic content in accordance with someembodiments of the disclosure.

FIG. 13 is a flow diagram illustrating a method of presentingrepresentations of bonus content items in a user interface for arespective series of episodic content in accordance with someembodiments of the disclosure.

DETAILED DESCRIPTION

In the following description of embodiments, reference is made to theaccompanying drawings which form a part hereof, and in which it is shownby way of illustration specific embodiments that are optionallypracticed. It is to be understood that other embodiments are optionallyused and structural changes are optionally made without departing fromthe scope of the disclosed embodiments. Further, although the followingdescription uses terms “first,” “second,” etc. to describe variouselements, these elements should not be limited by the terms. These termsare only used to distinguish one element from another. For example, afirst touch could be termed a second touch, and, similarly, a secondtouch could be termed a first touch, without departing from the scope ofthe various described embodiments. The first touch and the second touchare both touches, but they are not the same touch.

The terminology used in the description of the various describedembodiments herein is for the purpose of describing particularembodiments only and is not intended to be limiting. As used in thedescription of the various described embodiments and the appendedclaims, the singular forms “a,” “an,” and “the” are intended to includethe plural forms as well, unless the context clearly indicatesotherwise. It will also be understood that the term “and/or” as usedherein refers to and encompasses any and all possible combinations ofone or more of the associated listed items. It will be furtherunderstood that the terms “includes,” “including,” “comprises,” and/or“comprising,” when used in this specification, specify the presence ofstated features, integers, steps, operations, elements, and/orcomponents, but do not preclude the presence or addition of one or moreother features, integers, steps, operations, elements, components,and/or groups thereof.

The term “if” is, optionally, construed to mean “when” or “upon” or “inresponse to determining” or “in response to detecting,” depending on thecontext. Similarly, the phrase “if it is determined” or “if [a statedcondition or event] is detected” is, optionally, construed to mean “upondetermining” or “in response to determining” or “upon detecting [thestated condition or event]” or “in response to detecting [the statedcondition or event],” depending on the context.

Exemplary Devices

Embodiments of electronic devices, user interfaces for such devices, andassociated processes for using such devices are described. In someembodiments, the device is a portable communications device, such as amobile telephone, that also contains other functions, such as PDA and/ormusic player functions. Exemplary embodiments of portable multifunctiondevices include, without limitation, the iPhone®, iPod Touch®, and iPad®devices from Apple Inc. of Cupertino, Calif. Other portable electronicdevices, such as laptops or tablet computers with touch-sensitivesurfaces (e.g., touch screen displays and/or touch pads), are,optionally, used. It should also be understood that, in someembodiments, the device is not a portable communications device, but isa desktop computer or a television with a touch-sensitive surface (e.g.,a touch screen display and/or a touch pad). In some embodiments, thedevice does not have a touch screen display and/or a touch pad, butrather is capable of outputting display information (such as the userinterfaces of the disclosure) for display on a separate display device,and capable of receiving input information from a separate input devicehaving one or more input mechanisms (such as one or more buttons, atouch screen display and/or a touch pad). In some embodiments, thedevice has a display, but is capable of receiving input information froma separate input device having one or more input mechanisms (such as oneor more buttons, a touch screen display and/or a touch pad).

In the discussion that follows, an electronic device that includes adisplay and a touch-sensitive surface is described. It should beunderstood, however, that the electronic device optionally includes oneor more other physical user-interface devices, such as a physicalkeyboard, a mouse and/or a joystick. Further, as described above, itshould be understood that the described electronic device, display andtouch-sensitive surface are optionally distributed amongst two or moredevices. Therefore, as used in this disclosure, information displayed onthe electronic device or by the electronic device is optionally used todescribe information outputted by the electronic device for display on aseparate display device (touch-sensitive or not). Similarly, as used inthis disclosure, input received on the electronic device (e.g., touchinput received on a touch-sensitive surface of the electronic device) isoptionally used to describe input received on a separate input device,from which the electronic device receives input information.

The device typically supports a variety of applications, such as one ormore of the following: a drawing application, a presentationapplication, a word processing application, a website creationapplication, a disk authoring application, a spreadsheet application, agaming application, a telephone application, a video conferencingapplication, an e-mail application, an instant messaging application, aworkout support application, a photo management application, a digitalcamera application, a digital video camera application, a web browsingapplication, a digital music player application, a television channelbrowsing application, and/or a digital video player application.

The various applications that are executed on the device optionally useat least one common physical user-interface device, such as thetouch-sensitive surface. One or more functions of the touch-sensitivesurface as well as corresponding information displayed on the deviceare, optionally, adjusted and/or varied from one application to the nextand/or within a respective application. In this way, a common physicalarchitecture (such as the touch-sensitive surface) of the deviceoptionally supports the variety of applications with user interfacesthat are intuitive and transparent to the user.

Attention is now directed toward embodiments of portable or non-portabledevices with touch-sensitive displays, though the devices need notinclude touch-sensitive displays or displays in general, as describedabove. FIG. 1A is a block diagram illustrating portable or non-portablemultifunction device 100 with touch-sensitive displays 112 in accordancewith some embodiments. Touch-sensitive display 112 is sometimes called a“touch screen” for convenience, and is sometimes known as or called atouch-sensitive display system. Device 100 includes memory 102 (whichoptionally includes one or more computer readable storage mediums),memory controller 122, one or more processing units (CPU's) 120,peripherals interface 118, RF circuitry 108, audio circuitry 110,speaker 111, microphone 113, input/output (I/O) subsystem 106, otherinput or control devices 116, and external port 124. Device 100optionally includes one or more optical sensors 164. Device 100optionally includes one or more contact intensity sensors 165 fordetecting intensity of contacts on device 100 (e.g., a touch-sensitivesurface such as touch-sensitive display system 112 of device 100).Device 100 optionally includes one or more tactile output generators 167for generating tactile outputs on device 100 (e.g., generating tactileoutputs on a touch-sensitive surface such as touch-sensitive displaysystem 112 of device 100 or touchpad 355 of device 300). Thesecomponents optionally communicate over one or more communication busesor signal lines 103.

As used in the specification and claims, the term “intensity” of acontact on a touch-sensitive surface refers to the force or pressure(force per unit area) of a contact (e.g., a finger contact) on thetouch-sensitive surface, or to a substitute (proxy) for the force orpressure of a contact on the touch-sensitive surface. The intensity of acontact has a range of values that includes at least four distinctvalues and more typically includes hundreds of distinct values (e.g., atleast 256). Intensity of a contact is, optionally, determined (ormeasured) using various approaches and various sensors or combinationsof sensors. For example, one or more force sensors underneath oradjacent to the touch-sensitive surface are, optionally, used to measureforce at various points on the touch-sensitive surface. In someimplementations, force measurements from multiple force sensors arecombined (e.g., a weighted average) to determine an estimated force of acontact. Similarly, a pressure-sensitive tip of a stylus is, optionally,used to determine a pressure of the stylus on the touch-sensitivesurface. Alternatively, the size of the contact area detected on thetouch-sensitive surface and/or changes thereto, the capacitance of thetouch-sensitive surface proximate to the contact and/or changes thereto,and/or the resistance of the touch-sensitive surface proximate to thecontact and/or changes thereto are, optionally, used as a substitute forthe force or pressure of the contact on the touch-sensitive surface. Insome implementations, the substitute measurements for contact force orpressure are used directly to determine whether an intensity thresholdhas been exceeded (e.g., the intensity threshold is described in unitscorresponding to the substitute measurements). In some implementations,the substitute measurements for contact force or pressure are convertedto an estimated force or pressure and the estimated force or pressure isused to determine whether an intensity threshold has been exceeded(e.g., the intensity threshold is a pressure threshold measured in unitsof pressure). Using the intensity of a contact as an attribute of a userinput allows for user access to additional device functionality that mayotherwise not be accessible by the user on a reduced-size device withlimited real estate for displaying affordances (e.g., on atouch-sensitive display) and/or receiving user input (e.g., via atouch-sensitive display, a touch-sensitive surface, or aphysical/mechanical control such as a knob or a button).

As used in the specification and claims, the term “tactile output”refers to physical displacement of a device relative to a previousposition of the device, physical displacement of a component (e.g., atouch-sensitive surface) of a device relative to another component(e.g., housing) of the device, or displacement of the component relativeto a center of mass of the device that will be detected by a user withthe user's sense of touch. For example, in situations where the deviceor the component of the device is in contact with a surface of a userthat is sensitive to touch (e.g., a finger, palm, or other part of auser's hand), the tactile output generated by the physical displacementwill be interpreted by the user as a tactile sensation corresponding toa perceived change in physical characteristics of the device or thecomponent of the device. For example, movement of a touch-sensitivesurface (e.g., a touch-sensitive display or trackpad) is, optionally,interpreted by the user as a “down click” or “up click” of a physicalactuator button. In some cases, a user will feel a tactile sensationsuch as an “down click” or “up click” even when there is no movement ofa physical actuator button associated with the touch-sensitive surfacethat is physically pressed (e.g., displaced) by the user's movements. Asanother example, movement of the touch-sensitive surface is, optionally,interpreted or sensed by the user as “roughness” of the touch-sensitivesurface, even when there is no change in smoothness of thetouch-sensitive surface. While such interpretations of touch by a userwill be subject to the individualized sensory perceptions of the user,there are many sensory perceptions of touch that are common to a largemajority of users. Thus, when a tactile output is described ascorresponding to a particular sensory perception of a user (e.g., an “upclick,” a “down click,” “roughness”), unless otherwise stated, thegenerated tactile output corresponds to physical displacement of thedevice or a component thereof that will generate the described sensoryperception for a typical (or average) user.

It should be appreciated that device 100 is only one example of aportable or non-portable multifunction device, and that device 100optionally has more or fewer components than shown, optionally combinestwo or more components, or optionally has a different configuration orarrangement of the components. The various components shown in FIG. 1Aare implemented in hardware, software, or a combination of both hardwareand software, including one or more signal processing and/or applicationspecific integrated circuits. Further, the various components shown inFIG. 1A are optionally implemented across two or more devices; forexample, a display and audio circuitry on a display device, atouch-sensitive surface on an input device, and remaining components ondevice 100. In such an embodiment, device 100 optionally communicateswith the display device and/or the input device to facilitate operationof the system, as described in the disclosure, and the variouscomponents described herein that relate to display and/or input remainin device 100, or are optionally included in the display and/or inputdevice, as appropriate.

Memory 102 optionally includes high-speed random access memory andoptionally also includes non-volatile memory, such as one or moremagnetic disk storage devices, flash memory devices, or othernon-volatile solid-state memory devices. Memory controller 122optionally controls access to memory 102 by other components of device100.

Peripherals interface 118 can be used to couple input and outputperipherals of the device to CPU 120 and memory 102. The one or moreprocessors 120 run or execute various software programs and/or sets ofinstructions stored in memory 102 to perform various functions fordevice 100 and to process data.

In some embodiments, peripherals interface 118, CPU 120, and memorycontroller 122 are, optionally, implemented on a single chip, such aschip 104. In some other embodiments, they are, optionally, implementedon separate chips.

RF (radio frequency) circuitry 108 receives and sends RF signals, alsocalled electromagnetic signals. RF circuitry 108 converts electricalsignals to/from electromagnetic signals and communicates withcommunications networks and other communications devices via theelectromagnetic signals. RF circuitry 108 optionally includes well-knowncircuitry for performing these functions, including but not limited toan antenna system, an RF transceiver, one or more amplifiers, a tuner,one or more oscillators, a digital signal processor, a CODEC chipset, asubscriber identity module (SIM) card, memory, and so forth. RFcircuitry 108 optionally communicates with networks, such as theInternet, also referred to as the World Wide Web (WWW), an intranetand/or a wireless network, such as a cellular telephone network, awireless local area network (LAN) and/or a metropolitan area network(MAN), and other devices by wireless communication. The RF circuitry 108optionally includes well-known circuitry for detecting near fieldcommunication (NFC) fields, such as by a short-range communicationradio. The wireless communication optionally uses any of a plurality ofcommunications standards, protocols, and technologies, including but notlimited to Global System for Mobile Communications (GSM), Enhanced DataGSM Environment (EDGE), high-speed downlink packet access (HSDPA),high-speed uplink packet access (HSUPA), Evolution, Data-Only (EV-DO),HSPA, HSPA+, Dual-Cell HSPA (DC-HSPDA), long term evolution (LTE), nearfield communication (NFC), wideband code division multiple access(W-CDMA), code division multiple access (CDMA), time division multipleaccess (TDMA), Bluetooth, Bluetooth Low Energy (BTLE), Wireless Fidelity(Wi-Fi) (e.g., IEEE 802.11a, IEEE 802.11b, IEEE 802.11g, IEEE 802.11n,and/or IEEE 802.11ac), voice over Internet Protocol (VoIP), Wi-MAX, aprotocol for e-mail (e.g., Internet message access protocol (IMAP)and/or post office protocol (POP)), instant messaging (e.g., extensiblemessaging and presence protocol (XMPP), Session Initiation Protocol forInstant Messaging and Presence Leveraging Extensions (SIMPLE), InstantMessaging and Presence Service (IMPS)), and/or Short Message Service(SMS), or any other suitable communication protocol, includingcommunication protocols not yet developed as of the filing date of thisdocument.

Audio circuitry 110, speaker 111, and microphone 113 provide an audiointerface between a user and device 100. Audio circuitry 110 receivesaudio data from peripherals interface 118, converts the audio data to anelectrical signal, and transmits the electrical signal to speaker 111.Speaker 111 converts the electrical signal to human-audible sound waves.Audio circuitry 110 also receives electrical signals converted bymicrophone 113 from sound waves. Audio circuitry 110 converts theelectrical signal to audio data and transmits the audio data toperipherals interface 118 for processing. Audio data is, optionally,retrieved from and/or transmitted to memory 102 and/or RF circuitry 108by peripherals interface 118. In some embodiments, audio circuitry 110also includes a headset jack (e.g., 212, FIG. 2). The headset jackprovides an interface between audio circuitry 110 and removable audioinput/output peripherals, such as output-only headphones or a headsetwith both output (e.g., a headphone for one or both ears) and input(e.g., a microphone).

I/O subsystem 106 couples input/output peripherals on device 100, suchas touch screen 112 and other input control devices 116, to peripheralsinterface 118. I/O subsystem 106 optionally includes display controller156, optical sensor controller 158, intensity sensor controller 159,haptic feedback controller 161 and one or more input controllers 160 forother input or control devices. The one or more input controllers 160receive/send electrical signals from/to other input or control devices116. The other input control devices 116 optionally include physicalbuttons (e.g., push buttons, rocker buttons, etc.), dials, sliderswitches, joysticks, click wheels, and so forth. In some alternateembodiments, input controller(s) 160 are, optionally, coupled to any (ornone) of the following: a keyboard, infrared port, USB port, and apointer device such as a mouse. The one or more buttons (e.g., 208, FIG.2) optionally include an up/down button for volume control of speaker111 and/or microphone 113. The one or more buttons optionally include apush button (e.g., 206, FIG. 2).

A quick press of the push button optionally disengages a lock of touchscreen 112 or optionally begins a process that uses gestures on thetouch screen to unlock the device, as described in U.S. patentapplication Ser. No. 11/322,549, “Unlocking a Device by PerformingGestures on an Unlock Image,” filed Dec. 23, 2005, U.S. Pat. No.7,657,849, which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. Alonger press of the push button (e.g., 206) optionally turns power todevice 100 on or off. The functionality of one or more of the buttonsare, optionally, user-customizable. Touch screen 112 is used toimplement virtual or soft buttons and one or more soft keyboards.

Touch-sensitive display 112 provides an input interface and an outputinterface between the device and a user. As described above, thetouch-sensitive operation and the display operation of touch-sensitivedisplay 112 are optionally separated from each other, such that adisplay device is used for display purposes and a touch-sensitivesurface (whether display or not) is used for input detection purposes,and the described components and functions are modified accordingly.However, for simplicity, the following description is provided withreference to a touch-sensitive display. Display controller 156 receivesand/or sends electrical signals from/to touch screen 112. Touch screen112 displays visual output to the user. The visual output optionallyincludes graphics, text, icons, video, and any combination thereof(collectively termed “graphics”). In some embodiments, some or all ofthe visual output corresponds to user-interface objects.

Touch screen 112 has a touch-sensitive surface, sensor or set of sensorsthat accepts input from the user based on haptic and/or tactile contact.Touch screen 112 and display controller 156 (along with any associatedmodules and/or sets of instructions in memory 102) detect contact (andany movement or breaking of the contact) on touch screen 112 and convertthe detected contact into interaction with user-interface objects (e.g.,one or more soft keys, icons, web pages or images) that are displayed ontouch screen 112. In an exemplary embodiment, a point of contact betweentouch screen 112 and the user corresponds to a finger of the user.

Touch screen 112 optionally uses LCD (liquid crystal display)technology, LPD (light emitting polymer display) technology, or LED(light emitting diode) technology, although other display technologiesare used in other embodiments. Touch screen 112 and display controller156 optionally detect contact and any movement or breaking thereof usingany of a plurality of touch sensing technologies now known or laterdeveloped, including but not limited to capacitive, resistive, infrared,and surface acoustic wave technologies, as well as other proximitysensor arrays or other elements for determining one or more points ofcontact with touch screen 112. In an exemplary embodiment, projectedmutual capacitance sensing technology is used, such as that found in theiPhone®, iPod Touch®, and iPad® from Apple Inc. of Cupertino, Calif.

A touch-sensitive display in some embodiments of touch screen 112 is,optionally, analogous to the multi-touch sensitive touchpads describedin the following U.S. Pat. No. 6,323,846 (Westerman et al.), U.S. Pat.No. 6,570,557 (Westerman et al.), and/or U.S. Pat. No. 6,677,932(Westerman), and/or U.S. Patent Publication 2002/0015024A1, each ofwhich is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. However,touch screen 112 displays visual output from device 100, whereastouch-sensitive touchpads do not provide visual output.

A touch-sensitive display in some embodiments of touch screen 112 isdescribed in the following applications: (1) U.S. patent applicationSer. No. 11/381,313, “Multipoint Touch Surface Controller,” filed May 2,2006; (2) U.S. patent application Ser. No. 10/840,862, “MultipointTouchscreen,” filed May 6, 2004; (3) U.S. patent application Ser. No.10/903,964, “Gestures For Touch Sensitive Input Devices,” filed Jul. 30,2004; (4) U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/048,264, “Gestures ForTouch Sensitive Input Devices,” filed Jan. 31, 2005; (5) U.S. patentapplication Ser. No. 11/038,590, “Mode-Based Graphical User InterfacesFor Touch Sensitive Input Devices,” filed Jan. 18, 2005; (6) U.S. patentapplication Ser. No. 11/228,758, “Virtual Input Device Placement On ATouch Screen User Interface,” filed Sep. 16, 2005; (7) U.S. patentapplication Ser. No. 11/228,700, “Operation Of A Computer With A TouchScreen Interface,” filed Sep. 16, 2005; (8) U.S. patent application Ser.No. 11/228,737, “Activating Virtual Keys Of A Touch-Screen VirtualKeyboard,” filed Sep. 16, 2005; and (9) U.S. patent application Ser. No.11/367,749, “Multi-Functional Hand-Held Device,” filed Mar. 3, 2006. Allof these applications are incorporated by reference herein in theirentirety.

Touch screen 112 optionally has a video resolution in excess of 100 dpi.In some embodiments, the touch screen has a video resolution ofapproximately 160 dpi. The user optionally makes contact with touchscreen 112 using any suitable object or appendage, such as a stylus, afinger, and so forth. In some embodiments, the user interface isdesigned to work primarily with finger-based contacts and gestures,which can be less precise than stylus-based input due to the larger areaof contact of a finger on the touch screen. In some embodiments, thedevice translates the rough finger-based input into a precisepointer/cursor position or command for performing the actions desired bythe user.

In some embodiments, in addition to the touch screen, device 100optionally includes a touchpad (not shown) for activating ordeactivating particular functions. In some embodiments, the touchpad isa touch-sensitive area of the device that, unlike the touch screen, doesnot display visual output. The touchpad is, optionally, atouch-sensitive surface that is separate from touch screen 112 or anextension of the touch-sensitive surface formed by the touch screen.

Device 100 also includes power system 162 for powering the variouscomponents. Power system 162 optionally includes a power managementsystem, one or more power sources (e.g., battery, alternating current(AC)), a recharging system, a power failure detection circuit, a powerconverter or inverter, a power status indicator (e.g., a light-emittingdiode (LED)) and any other components associated with the generation,management and distribution of power in portable or non-portabledevices.

Device 100 optionally also includes one or more optical sensors 164.FIG. 1A shows an optical sensor coupled to optical sensor controller 158in I/O subsystem 106. Optical sensor 164 optionally includescharge-coupled device (CCD) or complementary metal-oxide semiconductor(CMOS) phototransistors. Optical sensor 164 receives light from theenvironment, projected through one or more lenses, and converts thelight to data representing an image. In conjunction with imaging module143 (also called a camera module), optical sensor 164 optionallycaptures still images or video. In some embodiments, an optical sensoris located on the back of device 100, opposite touch screen display 112on the front of the device so that the touch screen display is enabledfor use as a viewfinder for still and/or video image acquisition. Insome embodiments, an optical sensor is located on the front of thedevice so that the user's image is, optionally, obtained for videoconferencing while the user views the other video conferenceparticipants on the touch screen display. In some embodiments, theposition of optical sensor 164 can be changed by the user (e.g., byrotating the lens and the sensor in the device housing) so that a singleoptical sensor 164 is used along with the touch screen display for bothvideo conferencing and still and/or video image acquisition.

Device 100 optionally also includes one or more contact intensitysensors 165. FIG. 1A shows a contact intensity sensor coupled tointensity sensor controller 159 in I/O subsystem 106. Contact intensitysensor 165 optionally includes one or more piezoresistive strain gauges,capacitive force sensors, electric force sensors, piezoelectric forcesensors, optical force sensors, capacitive touch-sensitive surfaces, orother intensity sensors (e.g., sensors used to measure the force (orpressure) of a contact on a touch-sensitive surface). Contact intensitysensor 165 receives contact intensity information (e.g., pressureinformation or a proxy for pressure information) from the environment.In some embodiments, at least one contact intensity sensor is collocatedwith, or proximate to, a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touch-sensitivedisplay system 112). In some embodiments, at least one contact intensitysensor is located on the back of device 100, opposite touch screendisplay 112 which is located on the front of device 100.

Device 100 optionally also includes one or more proximity sensors 166.FIG. 1A shows proximity sensor 166 coupled to peripherals interface 118.Alternately, proximity sensor 166 is, optionally, coupled to inputcontroller 160 in I/O subsystem 106. Proximity sensor 166 optionallyperforms as described in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/241,839,“Proximity Detector In Handheld Device”; Ser. No. 11/240,788, “ProximityDetector In Handheld Device”; Ser. No. 11/620,702, “Using Ambient LightSensor To Augment Proximity Sensor Output”; Ser. No. 11/586,862,“Automated Response To And Sensing Of User Activity In PortableDevices”; and Ser. No. 11/638,251, “Methods And Systems For AutomaticConfiguration Of Peripherals,” which are hereby incorporated byreference in their entirety. In some embodiments, the proximity sensorturns off and disables touch screen 112 when the multifunction device isplaced near the user's ear (e.g., when the user is making a phone call).

Device 100 optionally also includes one or more tactile outputgenerators 167. FIG. 1A shows a tactile output generator coupled tohaptic feedback controller 161 in I/O subsystem 106. Tactile outputgenerator 167 optionally includes one or more electroacoustic devicessuch as speakers or other audio components and/or electromechanicaldevices that convert energy into linear motion such as a motor,solenoid, electroactive polymer, piezoelectric actuator, electrostaticactuator, or other tactile output generating component (e.g., acomponent that converts electrical signals into tactile outputs on thedevice). Contact intensity sensor 165 receives tactile feedbackgeneration instructions from haptic feedback module 133 and generatestactile outputs on device 100 that are capable of being sensed by a userof device 100. In some embodiments, at least one tactile outputgenerator is collocated with, or proximate to, a touch-sensitive surface(e.g., touch-sensitive display system 112) and, optionally, generates atactile output by moving the touch-sensitive surface vertically (e.g.,in/out of a surface of device 100) or laterally (e.g., back and forth inthe same plane as a surface of device 100). In some embodiments, atleast one tactile output generator sensor is located on the back ofdevice 100, opposite touch screen display 112 which is located on thefront of device 100.

Device 100 optionally also includes one or more accelerometers 168. FIG.1A shows accelerometer 168 coupled to peripherals interface 118.Alternately, accelerometer 168 is, optionally, coupled to an inputcontroller 160 in I/O subsystem 106. Accelerometer 168 optionallyperforms as described in U.S. Patent Publication No. 20050190059,“Acceleration-based Theft Detection System for Portable ElectronicDevices,” and U.S. Patent Publication No. 20060017692, “Methods AndApparatuses For Operating A Portable Device Based On An Accelerometer,”both of which are incorporated by reference herein in their entirety. Insome embodiments, information is displayed on the touch screen displayin a portrait view or a landscape view based on an analysis of datareceived from the one or more accelerometers. Device 100 optionallyincludes, in addition to accelerometer(s) 168, a magnetometer (notshown) and a GPS (or GLONASS or other global navigation system) receiver(not shown) for obtaining information concerning the location andorientation (e.g., portrait or landscape) of device 100.

In some embodiments, the software components stored in memory 102include operating system 126, communication module (or set ofinstructions) 128, contact/motion module (or set of instructions) 130,graphics module (or set of instructions) 132, text input module (or setof instructions) 134, Global Positioning System (GPS) module (or set ofinstructions) 135, and applications (or sets of instructions) 136.Furthermore, in some embodiments, memory 102 (FIG. 1A) or 370 (FIG. 3)stores device/global internal state 157, as shown in FIGS. 1A and 3.Device/global internal state 157 includes one or more of: activeapplication state, indicating which applications, if any, are currentlyactive; display state, indicating what applications, views or otherinformation occupy various regions of touch screen display 112; sensorstate, including information obtained from the device's various sensorsand input control devices 116; and location information concerning thedevice's location and/or attitude.

Operating system 126 (e.g., Darwin, RTXC, LINUX, UNIX, OS X, iOS,WINDOWS, or an embedded operating system such as VxWorks) includesvarious software components and/or drivers for controlling and managinggeneral system tasks (e.g., memory management, storage device control,power management, etc.) and facilitates communication between varioushardware and software components.

Communication module 128 facilitates communication with other devicesover one or more external ports 124 and also includes various softwarecomponents for handling data received by RF circuitry 108 and/orexternal port 124. External port 124 (e.g., Universal Serial Bus (USB),FIREWIRE, etc.) is adapted for coupling directly to other devices orindirectly over a network (e.g., the Internet, wireless LAN, etc.). Insome embodiments, the external port is a multi-pin (e.g., 30-pin)connector that is the same as, or similar to and/or compatible with the30-pin connector used on iPod (trademark of Apple Inc.) devices.

Contact/motion module 130 optionally detects contact with touch screen112 (in conjunction with display controller 156) and othertouch-sensitive devices (e.g., a touchpad or physical click wheel).Contact/motion module 130 includes various software components forperforming various operations related to detection of contact, such asdetermining if contact has occurred (e.g., detecting a finger-downevent), determining an intensity of the contact (e.g., the force orpressure of the contact or a substitute for the force or pressure of thecontact) determining if there is movement of the contact and trackingthe movement across the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., detecting one ormore finger-dragging events), and determining if the contact has ceased(e.g., detecting a finger-up event or a break in contact).Contact/motion module 130 receives contact data from the touch-sensitivesurface. Determining movement of the point of contact, which isrepresented by a series of contact data, optionally includes determiningspeed (magnitude), velocity (magnitude and direction), and/or anacceleration (a change in magnitude and/or direction) of the point ofcontact. These operations are, optionally, applied to single contacts(e.g., one finger contacts) or to multiple simultaneous contacts (e.g.,“multitouch”/multiple finger contacts). In some embodiments,contact/motion module 130 and display controller 156 detect contact on atouchpad.

In some embodiments, contact/motion module 130 uses a set of one or moreintensity thresholds to determine whether an operation has beenperformed by a user (e.g., to determine whether a user has “clicked” onan icon). In some embodiments at least a subset of the intensitythresholds are determined in accordance with software parameters (e.g.,the intensity thresholds are not determined by the activation thresholdsof particular physical actuators and can be adjusted without changingthe physical hardware of device 100). For example, a mouse “click”threshold of a trackpad or touch screen display can be set to any of alarge range of predefined threshold values without changing the trackpador touch screen display hardware. Additionally, in some implementationsa user of the device is provided with software settings for adjustingone or more of the set of intensity thresholds (e.g., by adjustingindividual intensity thresholds and/or by adjusting a plurality ofintensity thresholds at once with a system-level click “intensity”parameter).

Contact/motion module 130 optionally detects a gesture input by a user.Different gestures on the touch-sensitive surface have different contactpatterns (e.g., different motions, timings, and/or intensities ofdetected contacts). Thus, a gesture is, optionally, detected bydetecting a particular contact pattern. For example, detecting a fingertap gesture includes detecting a finger-down event followed by detectinga finger-up (liftoff) event at the same position (or substantially thesame position) as the finger-down event (e.g., at the position of anicon). As another example, detecting a finger swipe gesture on thetouch-sensitive surface includes detecting a finger-down event followedby detecting one or more finger-dragging events, and subsequentlyfollowed by detecting a finger-up (liftoff) event.

Graphics module 132 includes various known software components forrendering and displaying graphics on touch screen 112 or other display,including components for changing the visual impact (e.g., brightness,transparency, saturation, contrast or other visual property) of graphicsthat are displayed. As used herein, the term “graphics” includes anyobject that can be displayed to a user, including without limitationtext, web pages, icons (such as user-interface objects including softkeys), digital images, videos, animations and the like.

In some embodiments, graphics module 132 stores data representinggraphics to be used. Each graphic is, optionally, assigned acorresponding code. Graphics module 132 receives, from applicationsetc., one or more codes specifying graphics to be displayed along with,if necessary, coordinate data and other graphic property data, and thengenerates screen image data to output to display controller 156.

Haptic feedback module 133 includes various software components forgenerating instructions used by tactile output generator(s) 167 toproduce tactile outputs at one or more locations on device 100 inresponse to user interactions with device 100.

Text input module 134, which is, optionally, a component of graphicsmodule 132, provides soft keyboards for entering text in variousapplications (e.g., contacts 137, e-mail 140, IM 141, browser 147, andany other application that needs text input).

GPS module 135 determines the location of the device and provides thisinformation for use in various applications (e.g., to telephone 138 foruse in location-based dialing, to camera 143 as picture/video metadata,and to applications that provide location-based services such as weatherwidgets, local yellow page widgets, and map/navigation widgets).

Applications 136 optionally include the following modules (or sets ofinstructions), or a subset or superset thereof:

-   -   contacts module 137 (sometimes called an address book or contact        list);    -   telephone module 138;    -   video conferencing module 139;    -   e-mail client module 140;    -   instant messaging (IM) module 141;    -   workout support module 142;    -   camera module 143 for still and/or video images;    -   image management module 144;    -   video player module;    -   music player module;    -   browser module 147;    -   calendar module 148;    -   widget modules 149, which optionally include one or more of:        weather widget 149-1, stocks widget 149-2, calculator widget        149-3, alarm clock widget 149-4, dictionary widget 149-5, and        other widgets obtained by the user, as well as user-created        widgets 149-6;    -   widget creator module 150 for making user-created widgets 149-6;    -   search module 151;    -   video and music player module 152, which merges video player        module and music player module;    -   notes module 153;    -   map module 154; and/or    -   online video module 155.

Examples of other applications 136 that are, optionally, stored inmemory 102 include other word processing applications, other imageediting applications, drawing applications, presentation applications,JAVA-enabled applications, encryption, digital rights management, voicerecognition, and voice replication.

In conjunction with touch screen 112, display controller 156,contact/motion module 130, graphics module 132, and text input module134, contacts module 137 are, optionally, used to manage an address bookor contact list (e.g., stored in application internal state 192 ofcontacts module 137 in memory 102 or memory 370), including: addingname(s) to the address book; deleting name(s) from the address book;associating telephone number(s), e-mail address(es), physicaladdress(es) or other information with a name; associating an image witha name; categorizing and sorting names; providing telephone numbers ore-mail addresses to initiate and/or facilitate communications bytelephone 138, video conference module 139, e-mail 140, or IM 141; andso forth.

In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, audio circuitry 110, speaker 111,microphone 113, touch screen 112, display controller 156, contact/motionmodule 130, graphics module 132, and text input module 134, telephonemodule 138 are optionally, used to enter a sequence of characterscorresponding to a telephone number, access one or more telephonenumbers in contacts module 137, modify a telephone number that has beenentered, dial a respective telephone number, conduct a conversation, anddisconnect or hang up when the conversation is completed. As notedabove, the wireless communication optionally uses any of a plurality ofcommunications standards, protocols, and technologies.

In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, audio circuitry 110, speaker 111,microphone 113, touch screen 112, display controller 156, optical sensor164, optical sensor controller 158, contact/motion module 130, graphicsmodule 132, text input module 134, contacts module 137, and telephonemodule 138, video conference module 139 includes executable instructionsto initiate, conduct, and terminate a video conference between a userand one or more other participants in accordance with user instructions.

In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, touch screen 112, displaycontroller 156, contact/motion module 130, graphics module 132, and textinput module 134, e-mail client module 140 includes executableinstructions to create, send, receive, and manage e-mail in response touser instructions. In conjunction with image management module 144,e-mail client module 140 makes it very easy to create and send e-mailswith still or video images taken with camera module 143.

In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, touch screen 112, displaycontroller 156, contact/motion module 130, graphics module 132, and textinput module 134, the instant messaging module 141 includes executableinstructions to enter a sequence of characters corresponding to aninstant message, to modify previously entered characters, to transmit arespective instant message (for example, using a Short Message Service(SMS) or Multimedia Message Service (MMS) protocol for telephony-basedinstant messages or using XMPP, SIMPLE, or IMPS for Internet-basedinstant messages), to receive instant messages, and to view receivedinstant messages. In some embodiments, transmitted and/or receivedinstant messages optionally include graphics, photos, audio files, videofiles and/or other attachments as are supported in an MMS and/or anEnhanced Messaging Service (EMS). As used herein, “instant messaging”refers to both telephony-based messages (e.g., messages sent using SMSor MMS) and Internet-based messages (e.g., messages sent using XMPP,SIMPLE, or IMPS).

In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, touch screen 112, displaycontroller 156, contact/motion module 130, graphics module 132, textinput module 134, GPS module 135, map module 154, and music playermodule, workout support module 142 includes executable instructions tocreate workouts (e.g., with time, distance, and/or calorie burninggoals); communicate with workout sensors (sports devices); receiveworkout sensor data; calibrate sensors used to monitor a workout; selectand play music for a workout; and display, store, and transmit workoutdata.

In conjunction with touch screen 112, display controller 156, opticalsensor(s) 164, optical sensor controller 158, contact/motion module 130,graphics module 132, and image management module 144, camera module 143includes executable instructions to capture still images or video(including a video stream) and store them into memory 102, modifycharacteristics of a still image or video, or delete a still image orvideo from memory 102.

In conjunction with touch screen 112, display controller 156,contact/motion module 130, graphics module 132, text input module 134,and camera module 143, image management module 144 includes executableinstructions to arrange, modify (e.g., edit), or otherwise manipulate,label, delete, present (e.g., in a digital slide show or album), andstore still and/or video images.

In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, touch screen 112, displaycontroller 156, contact/motion module 130, graphics module 132, and textinput module 134, browser module 147 includes executable instructions tobrowse the Internet in accordance with user instructions, includingsearching, linking to, receiving, and displaying web pages or portionsthereof, as well as attachments and other files linked to web pages.

In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, touch screen 112, displaycontroller 156, contact/motion module 130, graphics module 132, textinput module 134, e-mail client module 140, and browser module 147,calendar module 148 includes executable instructions to create, display,modify, and store calendars and data associated with calendars (e.g.,calendar entries, to-do lists, etc.) in accordance with userinstructions.

In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, touch screen 112, displaycontroller 156, contact/motion module 130, graphics module 132, textinput module 134, and browser module 147, widget modules 149 aremini-applications that are, optionally, downloaded and used by a user(e.g., weather widget 149-1, stocks widget 149-2, calculator widget149-3, alarm clock widget 149-4, and dictionary widget 149-5) or createdby the user (e.g., user-created widget 149-6). In some embodiments, awidget includes an HTML (Hypertext Markup Language) file, a CSS(Cascading Style Sheets) file, and a JavaScript file. In someembodiments, a widget includes an XML (Extensible Markup Language) fileand a JavaScript file (e.g., Yahoo! Widgets).

In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, touch screen 112, displaycontroller 156, contact/motion module 130, graphics module 132, textinput module 134, and browser module 147, the widget creator module 150are, optionally, used by a user to create widgets (e.g., turning auser-specified portion of a web page into a widget).

In conjunction with touch screen 112, display controller 156,contact/motion module 130, graphics module 132, and text input module134, search module 151 includes executable instructions to search fortext, music, sound, image, video, and/or other files in memory 102 thatmatch one or more search criteria (e.g., one or more user-specifiedsearch terms) in accordance with user instructions.

In conjunction with touch screen 112, display controller 156,contact/motion module 130, graphics module 132, audio circuitry 110,speaker 111, RF circuitry 108, and browser module 147, video and musicplayer module 152 includes executable instructions that allow the userto download and play back recorded music and other sound files stored inone or more file formats, such as MP3 or AAC files, and executableinstructions to display, present, or otherwise play back videos (e.g.,on touch screen 112 or on an external, connected display via externalport 124). In some embodiments, device 100 optionally includes thefunctionality of an MP3 player, such as an iPod (trademark of AppleInc.).

In conjunction with touch screen 112, display controller 156,contact/motion module 130, graphics module 132, and text input module134, notes module 153 includes executable instructions to create andmanage notes, to-do lists, and the like in accordance with userinstructions.

In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, touch screen 112, displaycontroller 156, contact/motion module 130, graphics module 132, textinput module 134, GPS module 135, and browser module 147, map module 154are, optionally, used to receive, display, modify, and store maps anddata associated with maps (e.g., driving directions, data on stores andother points of interest at or near a particular location, and otherlocation-based data) in accordance with user instructions.

In conjunction with touch screen 112, display controller 156,contact/motion module 130, graphics module 132, audio circuitry 110,speaker 111, RF circuitry 108, text input module 134, e-mail clientmodule 140, and browser module 147, online video module 155 includesinstructions that allow the user to access, browse, receive (e.g., bystreaming and/or download), play back (e.g., on the touch screen or onan external, connected display via external port 124), send an e-mailwith a link to a particular online video, and otherwise manage onlinevideos in one or more file formats, such as H.264. In some embodiments,instant messaging module 141, rather than e-mail client module 140, isused to send a link to a particular online video. Additional descriptionof the online video application can be found in U.S. Provisional PatentApplication No. 60/936,562, “Portable Multifunction Device, Method, andGraphical User Interface for Playing Online Videos,” filed Jun. 20,2007, and U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/968,067, “PortableMultifunction Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for PlayingOnline Videos,” filed Dec. 31, 2007, the contents of which are herebyincorporated by reference in their entirety.

Each of the above-identified modules and applications corresponds to aset of executable instructions for performing one or more functionsdescribed above and the methods described in this application (e.g., thecomputer-implemented methods and other information processing methodsdescribed herein). These modules (e.g., sets of instructions) need notbe implemented as separate software programs, procedures, or modules,and thus various subsets of these modules are, optionally, combined orotherwise rearranged in various embodiments. For example, video playermodule is, optionally, combined with music player module into a singlemodule (e.g., video and music player module 152, FIG. 1A). In someembodiments, memory 102 optionally stores a subset of the modules anddata structures identified above. Furthermore, memory 102 optionallystores additional modules and data structures not described above.

In some embodiments, device 100 is a device where operation of apredefined set of functions on the device is performed exclusivelythrough a touch screen and/or a touchpad. By using a touch screen and/ora touchpad as the primary input control device for operation of device100, the number of physical input control devices (such as push buttons,dials, and the like) on device 100 is, optionally, reduced.

The predefined set of functions that are performed exclusively through atouch screen and/or a touchpad optionally include navigation betweenuser interfaces. In some embodiments, the touchpad, when touched by theuser, navigates device 100 to a main, home, or root menu from any userinterface that is displayed on device 100. In such embodiments, a “menubutton” is implemented using a touchpad. In some other embodiments, themenu button is a physical push button or other physical input controldevice instead of a touchpad.

FIG. 1B is a block diagram illustrating exemplary components for eventhandling in accordance with some embodiments. In some embodiments,memory 102 (FIG. 1A) or 370 (FIG. 3) includes event sorter 170 (e.g., inoperating system 126) and a respective application 136-1 (e.g., any ofthe aforementioned applications 137-151, 155, 380-390).

Event sorter 170 receives event information and determines theapplication 136-1 and application view 191 of application 136-1 to whichto deliver the event information. Event sorter 170 includes eventmonitor 171 and event dispatcher module 174. In some embodiments,application 136-1 includes application internal state 192, whichindicates the current application view(s) displayed on touch-sensitivedisplay 112 when the application is active or executing. In someembodiments, device/global internal state 157 is used by event sorter170 to determine which application(s) is (are) currently active, andapplication internal state 192 is used by event sorter 170 to determineapplication views 191 to which to deliver event information.

In some embodiments, application internal state 192 includes additionalinformation, such as one or more of: resume information to be used whenapplication 136-1 resumes execution, user interface state informationthat indicates information being displayed or that is ready for displayby application 136-1, a state queue for enabling the user to go back toa prior state or view of application 136-1, and a redo/undo queue ofprevious actions taken by the user.

Event monitor 171 receives event information from peripherals interface118. Event information includes information about a sub-event (e.g., auser touch on touch-sensitive display 112, as part of a multi-touchgesture). Peripherals interface 118 transmits information it receivesfrom I/O subsystem 106 or a sensor, such as proximity sensor 166,accelerometer(s) 168, and/or microphone 113 (through audio circuitry110). Information that peripherals interface 118 receives from I/Osubsystem 106 includes information from touch-sensitive display 112 or atouch-sensitive surface.

In some embodiments, event monitor 171 sends requests to the peripheralsinterface 118 at predetermined intervals. In response, peripheralsinterface 118 transmits event information. In other embodiments,peripherals interface 118 transmits event information only when there isa significant event (e.g., receiving an input above a predeterminednoise threshold and/or for more than a predetermined duration).

In some embodiments, event sorter 170 also includes a hit viewdetermination module 172 and/or an active event recognizer determinationmodule 173.

Hit view determination module 172 provides software procedures fordetermining where a sub-event has taken place within one or more viewswhen touch-sensitive display 112 displays more than one view. Views aremade up of controls and other elements that a user can see on thedisplay.

Another aspect of the user interface associated with an application is aset of views, sometimes herein called application views or userinterface windows, in which information is displayed and touch-basedgestures occur. The application views (of a respective application) inwhich a touch is detected optionally correspond to programmatic levelswithin a programmatic or view hierarchy of the application. For example,the lowest level view in which a touch is detected is, optionally,called the hit view, and the set of events that are recognized as properinputs are, optionally, determined based, at least in part, on the hitview of the initial touch that begins a touch-based gesture.

Hit view determination module 172 receives information related tosub-events of a touch-based gesture. When an application has multipleviews organized in a hierarchy, hit view determination module 172identifies a hit view as the lowest view in the hierarchy which shouldhandle the sub-event. In most circumstances, the hit view is the lowestlevel view in which an initiating sub-event occurs (e.g., the firstsub-event in the sequence of sub-events that form an event or potentialevent). Once the hit view is identified by the hit view determinationmodule 172, the hit view typically receives all sub-events related tothe same touch or input source for which it was identified as the hitview.

Active event recognizer determination module 173 determines which viewor views within a view hierarchy should receive a particular sequence ofsub-events. In some embodiments, active event recognizer determinationmodule 173 determines that only the hit view should receive a particularsequence of sub-events. In other embodiments, active event recognizerdetermination module 173 determines that all views that include thephysical location of a sub-event are actively involved views, andtherefore determines that all actively involved views should receive aparticular sequence of sub-events. In other embodiments, even if touchsub-events were entirely confined to the area associated with oneparticular view, views higher in the hierarchy would still remain asactively involved views.

Event dispatcher module 174 dispatches the event information to an eventrecognizer (e.g., event recognizer 180). In embodiments including activeevent recognizer determination module 173, event dispatcher module 174delivers the event information to an event recognizer determined byactive event recognizer determination module 173. In some embodiments,event dispatcher module 174 stores in an event queue the eventinformation, which is retrieved by a respective event receiver 182.

In some embodiments, operating system 126 includes event sorter 170.Alternatively, application 136-1 includes event sorter 170. In yet otherembodiments, event sorter 170 is a stand-alone module, or a part ofanother module stored in memory 102, such as contact/motion module 130.

In some embodiments, application 136-1 includes a plurality of eventhandlers 190 and one or more application views 191, each of whichincludes instructions for handling touch events that occur within arespective view of the application's user interface. Each applicationview 191 of the application 136-1 includes one or more event recognizers180. Typically, a respective application view 191 includes a pluralityof event recognizers 180. In other embodiments, one or more of eventrecognizers 180 are part of a separate module, such as a user interfacekit (not shown) or a higher level object from which application 136-1inherits methods and other properties. In some embodiments, a respectiveevent handler 190 includes one or more of: data updater 176, objectupdater 177, GUI updater 178, and/or event data 179 received from eventsorter 170. Event handler 190 optionally utilizes or calls data updater176, object updater 177, or GUI updater 178 to update the applicationinternal state 192. Alternatively, one or more of the application views191 include one or more respective event handlers 190. Also, in someembodiments, one or more of data updater 176, object updater 177, andGUI updater 178 are included in a respective application view 191.

A respective event recognizer 180 receives event information (e.g.,event data 179) from event sorter 170 and identifies an event from theevent information. Event recognizer 180 includes event receiver 182 andevent comparator 184. In some embodiments, event recognizer 180 alsoincludes at least a subset of: metadata 183, and event deliveryinstructions 188 (which optionally include sub-event deliveryinstructions).

Event receiver 182 receives event information from event sorter 170. Theevent information includes information about a sub-event, for example, atouch or a touch movement. Depending on the sub-event, the eventinformation also includes additional information, such as location ofthe sub-event. When the sub-event concerns motion of a touch, the eventinformation optionally also includes speed and direction of thesub-event. In some embodiments, events include rotation of the devicefrom one orientation to another (e.g., from a portrait orientation to alandscape orientation, or vice versa), and the event informationincludes corresponding information about the current orientation (alsocalled device attitude) of the device.

Event comparator 184 compares the event information to predefined eventor sub-event definitions and, based on the comparison, determines anevent or sub-event, or determines or updates the state of an event orsub-event. In some embodiments, event comparator 184 includes eventdefinitions 186. Event definitions 186 contain definitions of events(e.g., predefined sequences of sub-events), for example, event 1(187-1), event 2 (187-2), and others. In some embodiments, sub-events inan event (187) include, for example, touch begin, touch end, touchmovement, touch cancellation, and multiple touching. In one example, thedefinition for event 1 (187-1) is a double tap on a displayed object.The double tap, for example, comprises a first touch (touch begin) onthe displayed object for a predetermined phase, a first liftoff (touchend) for a predetermined phase, a second touch (touch begin) on thedisplayed object for a predetermined phase, and a second liftoff (touchend) for a predetermined phase. In another example, the definition forevent 2 (187-2) is a dragging on a displayed object. The dragging, forexample, comprises a touch (or contact) on the displayed object for apredetermined phase, a movement of the touch across touch-sensitivedisplay 112, and liftoff of the touch (touch end). In some embodiments,the event also includes information for one or more associated eventhandlers 190.

In some embodiments, event definition 187 includes a definition of anevent for a respective user-interface object. In some embodiments, eventcomparator 184 performs a hit test to determine which user-interfaceobject is associated with a sub-event. For example, in an applicationview in which three user-interface objects are displayed ontouch-sensitive display 112, when a touch is detected on touch-sensitivedisplay 112, event comparator 184 performs a hit test to determine whichof the three user-interface objects is associated with the touch(sub-event). If each displayed object is associated with a respectiveevent handler 190, the event comparator uses the result of the hit testto determine which event handler 190 should be activated. For example,event comparator 184 selects an event handler associated with thesub-event and the object triggering the hit test.

In some embodiments, the definition for a respective event (187) alsoincludes delayed actions that delay delivery of the event informationuntil after it has been determined whether the sequence of sub-eventsdoes or does not correspond to the event recognizer's event type.

When a respective event recognizer 180 determines that the series ofsub-events do not match any of the events in event definitions 186, therespective event recognizer 180 enters an event impossible, eventfailed, or event ended state, after which it disregards subsequentsub-events of the touch-based gesture. In this situation, other eventrecognizers, if any, that remain active for the hit view continue totrack and process sub-events of an ongoing touch-based gesture.

In some embodiments, a respective event recognizer 180 includes metadata183 with configurable properties, flags, and/or lists that indicate howthe event delivery system should perform sub-event delivery to activelyinvolved event recognizers. In some embodiments, metadata 183 includesconfigurable properties, flags, and/or lists that indicate how eventrecognizers interact, or are enabled to interact, with one another. Insome embodiments, metadata 183 includes configurable properties, flags,and/or lists that indicate whether sub-events are delivered to varyinglevels in the view or programmatic hierarchy.

In some embodiments, a respective event recognizer 180 activates eventhandler 190 associated with an event when one or more particularsub-events of an event are recognized. In some embodiments, a respectiveevent recognizer 180 delivers event information associated with theevent to event handler 190. Activating an event handler 190 is distinctfrom sending (and deferred sending) sub-events to a respective hit view.In some embodiments, event recognizer 180 throws a flag associated withthe recognized event, and event handler 190 associated with the flagcatches the flag and performs a predefined process.

In some embodiments, event delivery instructions 188 include sub-eventdelivery instructions that deliver event information about a sub-eventwithout activating an event handler. Instead, the sub-event deliveryinstructions deliver event information to event handlers associated withthe series of sub-events or to actively involved views. Event handlersassociated with the series of sub-events or with actively involved viewsreceive the event information and perform a predetermined process.

In some embodiments, data updater 176 creates and updates data used inapplication 136-1. For example, data updater 176 updates the telephonenumber used in contacts module 137, or stores a video file used in videoplayer module. In some embodiments, object updater 177 creates andupdates objects used in application 136-1. For example, object updater177 creates a new user-interface object or updates the position of auser-interface object. GUI updater 178 updates the GUI. For example, GUIupdater 178 prepares display information and sends it to graphics module132 for display on a touch-sensitive display.

In some embodiments, event handler(s) 190 includes or has access to dataupdater 176, object updater 177, and GUI updater 178. In someembodiments, data updater 176, object updater 177, and GUI updater 178are included in a single module of a respective application 136-1 orapplication view 191. In other embodiments, they are included in two ormore software modules.

It shall be understood that the foregoing discussion regarding eventhandling of user touches on touch-sensitive displays also applies toother forms of user inputs to operate multifunction devices 100 withinput devices, not all of which are initiated on touch screens. Forexample, mouse movement and mouse button presses, optionally coordinatedwith single or multiple keyboard presses or holds; contact movementssuch as taps, drags, scrolls, etc. on touchpads; pen stylus inputs;movement of the device; oral instructions; detected eye movements;biometric inputs; and/or any combination thereof are optionally utilizedas inputs corresponding to sub-events which define an event to berecognized.

FIG. 2 illustrates a portable or non-portable multifunction device 100having a touch screen 112 in accordance with some embodiments. As statedabove, multifunction device 100 is described as having the variousillustrated structures (such as touch screen 112, speaker 111,accelerometer 168, microphone 113, etc.); however, it is understood thatthese structures optionally reside on separate devices. For example,display-related structures (e.g., display, speaker, etc.) and/orfunctions optionally reside on a separate display device, input-relatedstructures (e.g., touch-sensitive surface, microphone, accelerometer,etc.) and/or functions optionally reside on a separate input device, andremaining structures and/or functions optionally reside on multifunctiondevice 100.

The touch screen 112 optionally displays one or more graphics withinuser interface (UI) 200. In this embodiment, as well as others describedbelow, a user is enabled to select one or more of the graphics by makinga gesture on the graphics, for example, with one or more fingers 202(not drawn to scale in the figure) or one or more styluses 203 (notdrawn to scale in the figure). In some embodiments, selection of one ormore graphics occurs when the user breaks contact with the one or moregraphics. In some embodiments, the gesture optionally includes one ormore taps, one or more swipes (from left to right, right to left, upwardand/or downward) and/or a rolling of a finger (from right to left, leftto right, upward and/or downward) that has made contact with device 100.In some implementations or circumstances, inadvertent contact with agraphic does not select the graphic. For example, a swipe gesture thatsweeps over an application icon optionally does not select thecorresponding application when the gesture corresponding to selection isa tap.

Device 100 optionally also includes one or more physical buttons, suchas “home” or menu button 204. As previously described, menu button 204is, optionally, used to navigate to any application 136 in a set ofapplications that are, optionally executed on device 100. Alternatively,in some embodiments, the menu button is implemented as a soft key in aGUI displayed on touch screen 112.

In one embodiment, device 100 includes touch screen 112, menu button204, push button 206 for powering the device on/off and locking thedevice, volume adjustment button(s) 208, Subscriber Identity Module(SIM) card slot 210, head set jack 212, and docking/charging externalport 124. Push button 206 is, optionally, used to turn the power on/offon the device by depressing the button and holding the button in thedepressed state for a predefined time interval; to lock the device bydepressing the button and releasing the button before the predefinedtime interval has elapsed; and/or to unlock the device or initiate anunlock process. In an alternative embodiment, device 100 also acceptsverbal input for activation or deactivation of some functions throughmicrophone 113. Device 100 also, optionally, includes one or morecontact intensity sensors 165 for detecting intensity of contacts ontouch screen 112 and/or one or more tactile output generators 167 forgenerating tactile outputs for a user of device 100.

FIG. 3 is a block diagram of an exemplary multifunction device with adisplay and a touch-sensitive surface in accordance with someembodiments. Device 300 need not include the display and thetouch-sensitive surface, as described above, but rather, in someembodiments, optionally communicates with the display and thetouch-sensitive surface on other devices. Additionally, device 300 neednot be portable. In some embodiments, device 300 is a laptop computer, adesktop computer, a tablet computer, a multimedia player device (such asa television or a set-top box), a navigation device, an educationaldevice (such as a child's learning toy), a gaming system, or a controldevice (e.g., a home or industrial controller). Device 300 typicallyincludes one or more processing units (CPU's) 310, one or more networkor other communications interfaces 360, memory 370, and one or morecommunication buses 320 for interconnecting these components.Communication buses 320 optionally include circuitry (sometimes called achipset) that interconnects and controls communications between systemcomponents. Device 300 includes input/output (I/O) interface 330comprising display 340, which is typically a touch screen display. I/Ointerface 330 also optionally includes a keyboard and/or mouse (or otherpointing device) 350 and touchpad 355, tactile output generator 357 forgenerating tactile outputs on device 300 (e.g., similar to tactileoutput generator(s) 167 described above with reference to FIG. 1A),sensors 359 (e.g., optical, acceleration, proximity, touch-sensitive,and/or contact intensity sensors similar to contact intensity sensor(s)165 described above with reference to FIG. 1A). Memory 370 includeshigh-speed random access memory, such as DRAM, SRAM, DDR RAM or otherrandom access solid state memory devices; and optionally includesnon-volatile memory, such as one or more magnetic disk storage devices,optical disk storage devices, flash memory devices, or othernon-volatile solid state storage devices. Memory 370 optionally includesone or more storage devices remotely located from CPU(s) 310. In someembodiments, memory 370 stores programs, modules, and data structuresanalogous to the programs, modules, and data structures stored in memory102 of portable or non-portable multifunction device 100 (FIG. 1A), or asubset thereof. Furthermore, memory 370 optionally stores additionalprograms, modules, and data structures not present in memory 102 ofportable or non-portable multifunction device 100. For example, memory370 of device 300 optionally stores drawing module 380, presentationmodule 382, word processing module 384, website creation module 386,disk authoring module 388, and/or spreadsheet module 390, while memory102 of portable or non-portable multifunction device 100 (FIG. 1A)optionally does not store these modules.

Each of the above identified elements in FIG. 3 are, optionally, storedin one or more of the previously mentioned memory devices. Each of theabove identified modules corresponds to a set of instructions forperforming a function described above. The above identified modules orprograms (e.g., sets of instructions) need not be implemented asseparate software programs, procedures or modules, and thus varioussubsets of these modules are, optionally, combined or otherwisere-arranged in various embodiments. In some embodiments, memory 370optionally stores a subset of the modules and data structures identifiedabove. Furthermore, memory 370 optionally stores additional modules anddata structures not described above.

FIG. 4 illustrates an exemplary user interface on a device (e.g., device300, FIG. 3) with a touch-sensitive surface 451 (e.g., a tablet ortouchpad 355, FIG. 3) that is separate from the display 450 (e.g., touchscreen display 112). Device 300 also, optionally, includes one or morecontact intensity sensors (e.g., one or more of sensors 357) fordetecting intensity of contacts on touch-sensitive surface 451 and/orone or more tactile output generators 359 for generating tactile outputsfor a user of device 300.

Although some of the examples that follow will be given with referenceto inputs on touch screen display 112 (where the touch sensitive surfaceand the display are combined), in some embodiments, the device detectsinputs on a touch-sensitive surface that is separate from the display,as shown in FIG. 4. In some embodiments the touch sensitive surface(e.g., 451 in FIG. 4) has a primary axis (e.g., 452 in FIG. 4) thatcorresponds to a primary axis (e.g., 453 in FIG. 4) on the display(e.g., 450). In accordance with these embodiments, the device detectscontacts (e.g., 460 and 462 in FIG. 4) with the touch-sensitive surface451 at locations that correspond to respective locations on the display(e.g., in FIG. 4, 460 corresponds to 468 and 462 corresponds to 470). Inthis way, user inputs (e.g., contacts 460 and 462, and movementsthereof) detected by the device on the touch-sensitive surface (e.g.,451 in FIG. 4) are used by the device to manipulate the user interfaceon the display (e.g., 450 in FIG. 4) of the multifunction device whenthe touch-sensitive surface is separate from the display. It should beunderstood that similar methods are, optionally, used for other userinterfaces described herein.

Additionally, while the following examples are given primarily withreference to finger inputs (e.g., finger contacts, finger tap gestures,finger swipe gestures), it should be understood that, in someembodiments, one or more of the finger inputs are replaced with inputfrom another input device (e.g., a mouse based input or stylus input).For example, a swipe gesture is, optionally, replaced with a mouse click(e.g., instead of a contact) followed by movement of the cursor alongthe path of the swipe (e.g., instead of movement of the contact). Asanother example, a tap gesture is, optionally, replaced with a mouseclick while the cursor is located over the location of the tap gesture(e.g., instead of detection of the contact followed by ceasing to detectthe contact). Similarly, when multiple user inputs are simultaneouslydetected, it should be understood that multiple computer mice are,optionally, used simultaneously, or a mouse and finger contacts are,optionally, used simultaneously.

As used herein, the term “focus selector” refers to an input elementthat indicates a current part of a user interface with which a user isinteracting. In some implementations that include a cursor or otherlocation marker, the cursor acts as a “focus selector,” so that when aninput (e.g., a press input) is detected on a touch-sensitive surface(e.g., touchpad 355 in FIG. 3 or touch-sensitive surface 451 in FIG. 4)while the cursor is over a particular user interface element (e.g., abutton, window, slider or other user interface element), the particularuser interface element is adjusted in accordance with the detectedinput. In some implementations that include a touch-screen display(e.g., touch-sensitive display system 112 in FIG. 1A) that enablesdirect interaction with user interface elements on the touch-screendisplay, a detected contact on the touch-screen acts as a “focusselector,” so that when an input (e.g., a press input by the contact) isdetected on the touch-screen display at a location of a particular userinterface element (e.g., a button, window, slider or other userinterface element), the particular user interface element is adjusted inaccordance with the detected input. In some implementations focus ismoved from one region of a user interface to another region of the userinterface without corresponding movement of a cursor or movement of acontact on a touch-screen display (e.g., by using a tab key or arrowkeys to move focus from one button to another button); in theseimplementations, the focus selector moves in accordance with movement offocus between different regions of the user interface. Without regard tothe specific form taken by the focus selector, the focus selector isgenerally the user interface element (or contact on a touch-screendisplay) that is controlled by the user so as to communicate the user'sintended interaction with the user interface (e.g., by indicating, tothe device, the element of the user interface with which the user isintending to interact). For example, the location of a focus selector(e.g., a cursor, a contact or a selection box) over a respective buttonwhile a press input is detected on the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., atouchpad or touch screen) will indicate that the user is intending toactivate the respective button (as opposed to other user interfaceelements shown on a display of the device).

As used in the specification and claims, the term “characteristicintensity” of a contact refers to a characteristic of the contact basedon one or more intensities of the contact. In some embodiments, thecharacteristic intensity is based on multiple intensity samples. Thecharacteristic intensity is, optionally, based on a predefined number ofintensity samples, or a set of intensity samples collected during apredetermined time period (e.g., 0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10seconds) relative to a predefined event (e.g., after detecting thecontact, prior to detecting liftoff of the contact, before or afterdetecting a start of movement of the contact, prior to detecting an endof the contact, before or after detecting an increase in intensity ofthe contact, and/or before or after detecting a decrease in intensity ofthe contact). A characteristic intensity of a contact is, optionally,based on one or more of: a maximum value of the intensities of thecontact, a mean value of the intensities of the contact, an averagevalue of the intensities of the contact, a top 10 percentile value ofthe intensities of the contact, a value at the half maximum of theintensities of the contact, a value at the 90 percent maximum of theintensities of the contact, or the like. In some embodiments, theduration of the contact is used in determining the characteristicintensity (e.g., when the characteristic intensity is an average of theintensity of the contact over time). In some embodiments, thecharacteristic intensity is compared to a set of one or more intensitythresholds to determine whether an operation has been performed by auser. For example, the set of one or more intensity thresholdsoptionally includes a first intensity threshold and a second intensitythreshold. In this example, a contact with a characteristic intensitythat does not exceed the first threshold results in a first operation, acontact with a characteristic intensity that exceeds the first intensitythreshold and does not exceed the second intensity threshold results ina second operation, and a contact with a characteristic intensity thatexceeds the second threshold results in a third operation. In someembodiments, a comparison between the characteristic intensity and oneor more thresholds is used to determine whether or not to perform one ormore operations (e.g., whether to perform a respective operation orforgo performing the respective operation), rather than being used todetermine whether to perform a first operation or a second operation.

In some embodiments described herein, one or more operations areperformed in response to detecting a gesture that includes a respectivepress input or in response to detecting the respective press inputperformed with a respective contact (or a plurality of contacts), wherethe respective press input is detected based at least in part ondetecting an increase in intensity of the contact (or plurality ofcontacts) above a press-input intensity threshold. In some embodiments,the respective operation is performed in response to detecting theincrease in intensity of the respective contact above the press-inputintensity threshold (e.g., a “down stroke” of the respective pressinput). In some embodiments, the press input includes an increase inintensity of the respective contact above the press-input intensitythreshold and a subsequent decrease in intensity of the contact belowthe press-input intensity threshold, and the respective operation isperformed in response to detecting the subsequent decrease in intensityof the respective contact below the press-input threshold (e.g., an “upstroke” of the respective press input).

In some embodiments, the device employs intensity hysteresis to avoidaccidental inputs sometimes termed “jitter,” where the device defines orselects a hysteresis intensity threshold with a predefined relationshipto the press-input intensity threshold (e.g., the hysteresis intensitythreshold is X intensity units lower than the press-input intensitythreshold or the hysteresis intensity threshold is 75%, 90% or somereasonable proportion of the press-input intensity threshold). Thus, insome embodiments, the press input includes an increase in intensity ofthe respective contact above the press-input intensity threshold and asubsequent decrease in intensity of the contact below the hysteresisintensity threshold that corresponds to the press-input intensitythreshold, and the respective operation is performed in response todetecting the subsequent decrease in intensity of the respective contactbelow the hysteresis intensity threshold (e.g., an “up stroke” of therespective press input). Similarly, in some embodiments, the press inputis detected only when the device detects an increase in intensity of thecontact from an intensity at or below the hysteresis intensity thresholdto an intensity at or above the press-input intensity threshold and,optionally, a subsequent decrease in intensity of the contact to anintensity at or below the hysteresis intensity, and the respectiveoperation is performed in response to detecting the press input (e.g.,the increase in intensity of the contact or the decrease in intensity ofthe contact, depending on the circumstances).

For ease of explanation, the description of operations performed inresponse to a press input associated with a press-input intensitythreshold or in response to a gesture including the press input are,optionally, triggered in response to detecting either: an increase inintensity of a contact above the press-input intensity threshold, anincrease in intensity of a contact from an intensity below thehysteresis intensity threshold to an intensity above the press-inputintensity threshold, a decrease in intensity of the contact below thepress-input intensity threshold, and/or a decrease in intensity of thecontact below the hysteresis intensity threshold corresponding to thepress-input intensity threshold. Additionally, in examples where anoperation is described as being performed in response to detecting adecrease in intensity of a contact below the press-input intensitythreshold, the operation is, optionally, performed in response todetecting a decrease in intensity of the contact below a hysteresisintensity threshold corresponding to, and lower than, the press-inputintensity threshold.

FIG. 5A illustrates a block diagram of an exemplary architecture for thedevice 500 according to some embodiments of the disclosure. In theembodiment of FIG. 5A, media or other content is optionally received bydevice 500 via network interface 502, which is optionally a wireless orwired connection. The one or more processors 504 optionally execute anynumber of programs stored in memory 506 or storage, which optionallyincludes instructions to perform one or more of the methods and/orprocesses described herein (e.g., methods 700, 900, 1100, and 1300).

In some embodiments, display controller 508 causes the various userinterfaces of the disclosure to be displayed on display 514. Further,input to device 500 is optionally provided by remote 510 via remoteinterface 512, which is optionally a wireless or a wired connection. Insome embodiments, input to device 500 is provided by a multifunctiondevice 511 (e.g., a smartphone) on which a remote control application isrunning that configures the multifunction device to simulate remotecontrol functionality, as will be described in more detail below. Insome embodiments, multifunction device 511 corresponds to one or more ofdevice 100 in FIGS. 1A and 2, and device 300 in FIG. 3. It is understoodthat the embodiment of FIG. 5A is not meant to limit the features of thedevice of the disclosure, and that other components to facilitate otherfeatures described in the disclosure are optionally included in thearchitecture of FIG. 5A as well. In some embodiments, device 500optionally corresponds to one or more of multifunction device 100 inFIGS. 1A and 2 and device 300 in FIG. 3; network interface 502optionally corresponds to one or more of RF circuitry 108, external port124, and peripherals interface 118 in FIGS. 1A and 2, and networkcommunications interface 360 in FIG. 3; processor 504 optionallycorresponds to one or more of processor(s) 120 in FIG. 1A and CPU(s) 310in FIG. 3; display controller 508 optionally corresponds to one or moreof display controller 156 in FIG. 1A and I/O interface 330 in FIG. 3;memory 506 optionally corresponds to one or more of memory 102 in FIG.1A and memory 370 in FIG. 3; remote interface 512 optionally correspondsto one or more of peripherals interface 118, and I/O subsystem 106(and/or its components) in FIG. 1A, and I/O interface 330 in FIG. 3;remote 512 optionally corresponds to and or includes one or more ofspeaker 111, touch-sensitive display system 112, microphone 113, opticalsensor(s) 164, contact intensity sensor(s) 165, tactile outputgenerator(s) 167, other input control devices 116, accelerometer(s) 168,proximity sensor 166, and I/O subsystem 106 in FIG. 1A, andkeyboard/mouse 350, touchpad 355, tactile output generator(s) 357, andcontact intensity sensor(s) 359 in FIG. 3, and touch-sensitive surface451 in FIG. 4; and, display 514 optionally corresponds to one or more oftouch-sensitive display system 112 in FIGS. 1A and 2, and display 340 inFIG. 3.

FIG. 5B illustrates an exemplary structure for remote 510 according tosome embodiments of the disclosure. In some embodiments, remote 510optionally corresponds to one or more of multifunction device 100 inFIGS. 1A and 2 and device 300 in FIG. 3. Remote 510 optionally includestouch-sensitive surface 451. In some embodiments, touch-sensitivesurface 451 is edge-to-edge (e.g., it extends to the edges of remote510, such that little or no surface of remote 510 exists between thetouch-sensitive surface 451 and one or more edges of remote 510, asillustrated in FIG. 5B). Touch-sensitive surface 451 is optionally ableto sense contacts as well as contact intensities (e.g., clicks oftouch-sensitive surface 451), as previously described in thisdisclosure. Further, touch-sensitive surface 451 optionally includes amechanical actuator for providing physical button click functionality(e.g., touch-sensitive surface 451 is “clickable” to providecorresponding input to device 500). Remote 510 also optionally includesbuttons 516, 518, 520, 522, 524 and 526. Buttons 516, 518, 520, 522, 524and 526 are optionally mechanical buttons or mechanical buttonalternatives that are able to sense contact with, or depression of, suchbuttons to initiate corresponding action(s) on, for example, device 500.In some embodiments, selection of “menu” button 516 by a user navigatesdevice 500 backwards in a currently-executing application orcurrently-displayed user interface (e.g., back to a user interface thatwas displayed previous to the currently-displayed user interface), ornavigates device 500 to a one-higher-level user interface than thecurrently-displayed user interface. In some embodiments, selection of“home” button 518 by a user navigates device 500 to a main, home, orroot user interface from any user interface that is displayed on device500 (e.g., to a home screen of device 500 that optionally includes oneor more applications accessible on device 500). In some embodiments,selection of the “home” button 518 causes the electronic device tonavigate to a unified media browsing application. In some embodiments,selection of “play/pause” button 520 by a user toggles between playingand pausing a currently-playing content item on device 500 (e.g., if acontent item is playing on device 500 when “play/pause” button 520 isselected, the content item is optionally paused, and if a content itemis paused on device 500 when “play/pause” button 520 is selected, thecontent item is optionally played). In some embodiments, selection of“+” 522 or “−” 524 buttons by a user increases or decreases,respectively, the volume of audio reproduced by device 500 (e.g., thevolume of a content item currently-playing on device 500). In someembodiments, selection of “audio input” button 526 by a user allows theuser to provide audio input (e.g., voice input) to device 500,optionally, to a voice assistant on the device. In some embodiments,remote 510 includes a microphone via which the user provides audio inputto device 500 upon selection of “audio input” button 526. In someembodiments, remote 510 includes one or more accelerometers fordetecting information about the motion of the remote.

FIG. 5C depicts exemplary personal electronic device 500. In someembodiments, device 500 can include some or all of the componentsdescribed with respect to FIGS. 1A, 1B, and 3. Device 500 has bus 512that operatively couples I/O section 514 with one or more computerprocessors 516 and memory 518. I/O section 514 can be connected todisplay 504, which can have touch-sensitive component 522 and,optionally, intensity sensor 524 (e.g., contact intensity sensor). Inaddition, I/O section 514 can be connected with communication unit 530for receiving application and operating system data, using Wi-Fi,Bluetooth, near field communication (NFC), cellular, and/or otherwireless communication techniques. Device 500 can include inputmechanisms 506 and/or 508. Input mechanism 506 is, optionally, arotatable input device or a depressible and rotatable input device, forexample. Input mechanism 508 is, optionally, a button, in some examples.

Input mechanism 508 is, optionally, a microphone, in some examples.Personal electronic device 500 optionally includes various sensors, suchas GPS sensor 532, accelerometer 534, directional sensor 540 (e.g.,compass), gyroscope 536, motion sensor 538, and/or a combinationthereof, all of which can be operatively connected to I/O section 514.

Memory 518 of personal electronic device 500 can include one or morenon-transitory computer-readable storage mediums, for storingcomputer-executable instructions, which, when executed by one or morecomputer processors 516, for example, can cause the computer processorsto perform the techniques described below, including processes describedwith reference to FIGS. 6-11. A computer-readable storage medium can beany medium that can tangibly contain or store computer-executableinstructions for use by or in connection with the instruction executionsystem, apparatus, or device. In some examples, the storage medium is atransitory computer-readable storage medium. In some examples, thestorage medium is a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium. Thenon-transitory computer-readable storage medium can include, but is notlimited to, magnetic, optical, and/or semiconductor storages. Examplesof such storage include magnetic disks, optical discs based on CD, DVD,or Blu-ray technologies, as well as persistent solid-state memory suchas flash, solid-state drives, and the like. Personal electronic device500 is not limited to the components and configuration of FIG. 5C, butcan include other or additional components in multiple configurations.

As used here, the term “affordance” refers to a user-interactivegraphical user interface object that is, optionally, displayed on thedisplay screen of devices 100, 300, and/or 500 (FIGS. 1A, 3, and 5A-5B).For example, an image (e.g., icon), a button, and text (e.g., hyperlink)each optionally constitute an affordance.

As used herein, “installed application” refers to a software applicationthat has been downloaded onto an electronic device (e.g., devices 100,300, and/or 500) and is ready to be launched (e.g., become opened) onthe device. In some embodiments, a downloaded application becomes aninstalled application by way of an installation program that extractsprogram portions from a downloaded package and integrates the extractedportions with the operating system of the computer system.

As used herein, the terms “open application” or “executing application”refer to a software application with retained state information (e.g.,as part of device/global internal state 157 and/or application internalstate 192). An open or executing application is, optionally, any one ofthe following types of applications:

-   -   an active application, which is currently displayed on a display        screen of the device that the application is being used on;    -   a background application (or background processes), which is not        currently displayed, but one or more processes for the        application are being processed by one or more processors; and    -   a suspended or hibernated application, which is not running, but        has state information that is stored in memory (volatile and        non-volatile, respectively) and that can be used to resume        execution of the application.

As used herein, the term “closed application” refers to softwareapplications without retained state information (e.g., state informationfor closed applications is not stored in a memory of the device).Accordingly, closing an application includes stopping and/or removingapplication processes for the application and removing state informationfor the application from the memory of the device. Generally, opening asecond application while in a first application does not close the firstapplication. When the second application is displayed and the firstapplication ceases to be displayed, the first application becomes abackground application.

One or more of the embodiments disclosed herein optionally include oneor more of the features disclosed in the following patent applications:“User Interfaces For Interacting with Channels that Provide Content thatPlays in a Media Browsing Application” (U.S. Patent Application No.62/822,952, filed Mar. 24, 2019), “User Interfaces For a Media BrowsingApplication” (U.S. Patent Application No. 62/822,948, filed Mar. 24,2019), and “User Interface Specific to Respective Content Items” (U.S.Patent Application No. 62/822,966), filed Mar. 24, 2019), each of whichis hereby incorporated by reference.

Attention is now directed towards embodiments of user interfaces (“UI”)and associated processes that are implemented on an electronic device,such as portable multifunction device 100, device 300, or device 500.

User Interfaces and Associated Processes Selectable Representations ofContent Items

Users interact with electronic devices in many different manners,including using an electronic device to browse items of contentavailable for playback on the electronic device. In some embodiments, anelectronic device is able to present representations of items of contentthat are available for playback on the electronic device. Theembodiments described below provide ways in which an electronic devicepresents representations of items of content and enables browsing of therepresentations of items of content. Enhancing interactions with adevice reduces the amount of time needed by a user to performoperations, and thus reduces the power usage of the device and increasesbattery life for battery-powered devices. It is understood that peopleuse devices. When a person uses a device, that person is optionallyreferred to as a user of the device.

FIGS. 6A-6FF illustrate exemplary ways in which an electronic device 500presents representations of items of content available for playback onthe electronic device 500 in accordance with some embodiments of thedisclosure. The embodiments in these figures are used to illustrate theprocesses described below, including the processes described withreference to FIGS. 7A-7G.

FIG. 6A illustrates a media browsing application user interface. Theuser interface includes a navigation bar 602 and a plurality ofselectable options 604 that, when selected, cause the electronic device500 to initiate playback of a respective content item represented by theselected selectable option. As shown in FIG. 6A, while presenting themedia browsing application user interface, the electronic device 500detects a movement of a contact 603 on an input device 510 incommunication with the electronic device 500. In response to the userinput, the electronic device 500 scrolls the user interface down andmoves the current focus in accordance with movement of contact 603, asshown in FIG. 6B.

As shown in FIG. 6B, in response to the input illustrated in FIG. 6A,the electronic device 500 presents additional representations 606 and608 of items of content that are selectable to display user interfacesspecific to the selected item of content. As shown in FIG. 6B, whilepresenting the media browsing application user interface, the electronicdevice 500 detects a movement of a contact 603 on an input device 510 incommunication with the electronic device 500. In response to the userinput, the electronic device 500 scrolls the user interface down andmoves the current focus in accordance with movement of contact 603, asshown in FIG. 6C.

In FIG. 6C, the electronic device 500 presents the entirety ofrepresentations 608 a-c that are presented in a horizontally scrollablerow. In some embodiments, the content items presented in row 608 and inthe manner of the representations in row 608 are provided by the samesubscription service, channel, or provider and content items provided byother subscription services, channels, or providers are not presented inrow 608 or in the manner of row 608. In some embodiments, row 608includes representations of content provided by a variety of channels,subscription services, or providers or the user interface includesadditional rows presented in the manner of 608 that include content fromother subscription services, channels, or providers.

While presenting the user interface shown in FIG. 6C, the current focusof the electronic device 500 is on representation 608 a. As shown inFIG. 6C, once representation 608 a has the current focus of theelectronic device 500, the representation 608 a is displayed with awidth that is wider than the width of the representation when thecurrent focus is elsewhere in the user interface, such as in FIG. 6B(e.g., the representation expands laterally when it receives the currentfocus).

Returning to FIG. 6C, the user swipes (e.g., with contact 603)horizontally. In response to the input, the electronic device 500presents an animation illustrated in FIGS. 6D-6E of representation 608 amoving to reveal representation 608 b. In other words, a croppingframe/border between representation 608 a and representation 608 b movesa greater distance than a distance moved by the representations 608 aand 608 b, rather than moving representations 608 a and 608 b a distancearound the width of the representations. In some embodiments, theanimation produces a visual effect that representation 608 a is movingto reveal representation 608 b from underneath representation 608 a.After the animation is complete, representation 608 b is presentedoverlaid on representation 608 a and representation 608 a is to theright of representation 608 b and right-aligned with the edge of thevisible area of row 608. Animating the transition in this way reducesthe number of pixels that need to move to present the animation andtherefore conserves computing resources and reduces an undesireddizzying effect on the user when viewing large, repetitive animations,such as when browsing the content items in row 608.

As shown in FIG. 6F, after presenting the animation illustrated in FIGS.6D-6E, the electronic device 500 presents the representation 608 b inthe middle of row 608. Initially, as shown in FIG. 6F, the electronicdevice 500 presents representation 608 b as a static, single-layer image(e.g., an image that does not include multiple layers or video content).

As shown in FIG. 6G, once the multi-layer, multi-media representation608 b loads in the user interface (e.g., once the representation hasfully moved into the primary center position in the horizontal row), theelectronic device 500 presents the representation 608 b with a videobackground (e.g., one or more video or animation layers in therepresentation, whether in the background layer or otherwise, begin toplay or animate). Additionally, the representation 608 b includes aplurality of overlaid image layers (e.g., the representation includesone or more static image layers). As shown in FIG. 6G-6I, the electronicdevice 500 presents an animation of a title of the content and a badge626 representing the provider of the content moving in to therepresentation 608 b once the representation has fully moved in theprimary center position in the horizontal row. In some embodiments, thetitle and badge 626 appear in the static image representation 608 billustrated in FIG. 6F and do not animate in.

As shown in FIG. 6I, the electronic device 500 detects movement ofcontact 603 that is below a movement threshold for changing the inputfocus of the electronic device 500 (e.g., for changing the current focusfrom one representation in the horizontal row to another representationin the horizontal row). In response to the detected movement, theelectronic device 500 shifts the image and/or video/animation layers ofrepresentation 608 b, including badge 626 (although, in someembodiments, the badge does not move), in accordance with the movement,as shown in FIG. 6J. In some embodiments, the layers in the image movedifferent amounts in response to the user input. For example, layers inthe front of the image move less than layers in the back of the image orvice-versa. In some embodiments, the still image layers move in responseto the user input. In some embodiments, the video layers move inresponse to the user input. In some embodiments, the video layers remainstationary but continue to play when user input that moves thestationary layers is received. The layers move in accordance with thedirection of the movement of contact 603 (e.g., rightward movementcauses the image layers to move to the right, etc.).

FIGS. 6J-6L illustrate further movement of the representation 608 b inresponse to detecting movement of contact 603 below a movement thresholdfor changing the input focus of the electronic device. Representations608 a and 608 c do not move in response to the input and instead remainstationary while representation 608 b moves. Likewise, borders aroundrepresentation 608 b remain stationary while the image layers move. Asshown in FIG. 6L, the electronic device 500 detects movement of contact603 that is above the movement threshold for changing the input focus ofthe electronic device 500. In response to the input, the electronicdevice 500 scrolls the row 608 of representations 606 a-c to presentrepresentation 608 c in the middle of row 608 with the current focus ofthe electronic device, as shown in FIG. 6M.

Although not illustrated in the figures, it should be understood that inresponse to the input illustrated in FIG. 6L, the electronic device 500presents an animation similar to the animation illustrated in FIGS.6D-6E.

Returning to FIG. 6M, the electronic device 500 detects another swipeinput for scrolling row 608 of representations 608 a-c. Although notillustrated in the figures, it should be understood that in response tothe input illustrated in FIG. 6M, the electronic device 500 presents ananimation similar to the animation illustrated in FIGS. 6D-6E. Inresponse to the input, the electronic device 500 presents representation608 a in the middle of row 608 with the current focus of the electronicdevice 500, as shown in FIG. 6N.

As shown in FIG. 6N, the user selects (e.g., with click of contact 608)the representation 608 a. In response to the user's selection, theelectronic device 500 presents an animation illustrated in FIGS. 60-6Rof representation 608 a expanding and moving towards the user beforefading out, followed by an animation of a user interface 614 a fading into the display 514, resulting in the user interface 614 a illustrated inFIG. 6S. More specifically, the layers of the representation 608 aexpand, with the layers in the foreground (e.g., the top layers)expanding sooner and/or more than layers in the background of the image,followed by representation 608 a fading out and user interface 614 afading in.

FIG. 6S illustrates a user interface 614 a including information aboutthe item of content represented by representation 608 a. The user hasnot previously interacted with the item of content. The user interface614 a includes a motion background 616 a (e.g., an animation or video)representing the series of the item of content, which is a collection ofepisodic content. The user interface 614 a further includes anindication 618 a of the provider of the content, a selectable option 620a to play the content, a selectable option 622 a to add the content to aplayback queue, and a description 624 a of the content. The description624 a of the content includes a first column including information suchas the first (or, if the user has watched one or more episodes in theseries already, the next) episode title, runtime, format, languages, andaccessibility information and a second column including informationabout the cast and crew of the content.

As shown in FIG. 6T, after a predetermined amount of time (e.g., 3, 5,10 seconds) has passed since the electronic device 500 began presentingthe user interface 614 a, the electronic device presents a video trailer616 b of the content. If the user has viewed the content or the videotrailer previously, the trailer is not presented. In some embodiments,if the content item is not yet available for playback via the contentprovider (e.g., the content item is “coming soon”), the electronicdevice 500 presents the trailer every time the user views the productpage, even if the user has viewed the trailer before.

In FIG. 6U, the trailer has finished playing and the electronic deviceresumes presenting the motion background 616 a related to the contentseries. In some embodiments, rather than presenting a motion backgroundin FIG. 6S and/or 6U, the electronic device 500 instead presents a stillimage representing the content series. As shown in FIG. 6U, the userselects (e.g., with contact 603) the selectable option 620 a to play thefirst episode in the series of content, as shown in FIG. 6V.

FIG. 6W illustrates the user interface 614 a representing the contentafter the user has previously viewed a plurality of the episodes in thecontent. The user interface 614 a includes a motion background (or stillimage) representing the next episode in the content (e.g., as opposed topresenting a background that represents or corresponds to the contentseries as a whole, such as in FIGS. 6S and 6U). Because the user hasviewed the content already, the electronic device 500 will not presentthe trailer as the background of representation 614 a automatically. Insome embodiments, however, the electronic device 500 presents a trailerof the next episode instead of the trailer for the content collection ifthe user has not viewed the trailer of the next episode before. Althoughselectable option 620 a is illustrated as having text that includes thespecific number of the next episode (e.g., “S1:E5”), in someembodiments, the selectable option 620 a includes text along the linesof “Play Next Episode” and optionally includes a play icon in lieu ofthe written word “Play.” As shown in FIG. 6W, the user selects (e.g.,with contact 603) the representation 620 a. In response to the user'sselection, the electronic device 500 presents the next episode 628 a ofthe content series, as shown in FIG. 6X.

FIG. 6Y illustrates the user interface of the media browsing applicationthat includes a plurality of rows 606-610 of representations of content.As shown in FIG. 6Y, the user scrolls down (e.g., with contact 603). Inresponse to the user's scrolling, the electronic device 500 moves thecurrent focus, reduces the width of representation 608 a, and scrollsthe user interface, as shown in FIG. 6Z.

As shown in FIG. 6Z, the user selects (e.g., with contact 603) arepresentation of a content item presented in row 612. In response tothe user's selection, the electronic device 500 presents a userinterface 614 b specific to the item of content, which is a series ofepisodic content. Because the content is provided by a differentprovider than the provider of the content represented by representation608 a, the representation is presented in row 612 instead of row 608.Additionally, as will be described in more detail with respect to FIG.6AA, because the content is provided by a different provider than theprovider of the content represented by representation 608 a, the userinterface 614 b is presented with a still image 616 d representing theseries of content as the background instead of a motion background.

Turning now to FIG. 6AA, the user interface 614 b includes similarcomponents to the components of user interface 614 a illustrated in FIG.6S, except user interface 614 b is presented with a still image 616 d asa background instead of a motion background, because the content isprovided by a different provider than the provider of the contentrepresented by representation 608 a.

As shown in FIG. 6BB, after a predetermined amount of time (e.g., 3, 5,10 seconds) passes from initially displaying user interface 614 b, theelectronic device 500 presents a video trailer 616 e of the content inthe background of user interface 614 b. If the user has already viewedthe content or the video trailer of the content, the video trailer isnot presented in the background of user interface 614 b. As shown inFIG. 6CC, after the trailer finished playing, the electronic device 500presents the image 616 d representing the content series. As shown inFIG. 6CC, the user selects (e.g., with contact 603) the option 620 b toplay the content. In response to the user's selection, the electronicdevice 500 presents the first episode 628 c of the content on thedisplay 514.

FIG. 6EE illustrates the presentation of user interface 614 b after theuser has watched a plurality of episodes of the content series. As shownin FIG. 6EE, the user interface 614 b includes a still image 616 frepresenting the next item of content in the series as the background ofthe user interface (as opposed to a background image that represents orcorresponds to the content series as a whole). The user selects (e.g.,with contact 603) the option 620 b to play the next episode in thecontent series. As shown in FIG. 6FF, in response to the user'sselection, the electronic device 500 presents the next episode 628 d ofthe content on the display 514.

FIGS. 7A-7G are flow diagrams illustrating a method of presentingrepresentations of items of content available for playback on theelectronic device 500 in accordance with some embodiments of thedisclosure. The method 700 is optionally performed at an electronicdevice such as device 100, device 300, device 500, device 501, device510, and device 511 as described above with reference to FIGS. 1A-1B,2-3, 4A-4B and 5A-5C. Some operations in method 700 are, optionallycombined and/or order of some operations is, optionally, changed.

As described below, the method 700 provides ways to presentrepresentations of items of content available for playback on theelectronic device 500. The method reduces the cognitive burden on a userwhen interacting with a user interface of the device of the disclosure,thereby creating a more efficient human-machine interface. Forbattery-operated electronic devices, increasing the efficiency of theuser's interaction with the user interface conserves power and increasesthe time between battery charges.

In some embodiments, such as in FIG. 6C, an electronic device (e.g.,electronic device 500, a mobile device (e.g., a tablet, a smartphone, amedia player, or a wearable device) including a touch screen, a computerincluding one or more of a keyboard, mouse, trackpad, and touch screenand in communication with a display, or a set-top box in communicationwith a display and a remote control device) in communication with adisplay 514 and one or more input devices 510 displays (702), on thedisplay 514, a content item representation section 608 that includes aprimary position (e.g., a position in the center of a row of contentrepresentations), a first secondary position (e.g., a position to theleft of the primary position), and a second secondary position (e.g., aposition to the right of the primary position), wherein a firstrepresentation 608 a associated with a first content item (e.g., textand/or an image indicative of the first content item) is located in theprimary positon, a second representation 608 b associated with a secondcontent item (e.g., text and/or an image associated with the secondcontent item) is located in the first secondary position, the firstrepresentation 608 a is partially overlaid on the second representation608 b, and the first and second representations 608 a and 608 b areselectable to initiate respective actions corresponding to therespective content items. In some embodiments, the first representationis presented in its entirety and a portion of the second representationis visible to the side of the first representation to create a visualeffect that the first representation is on top of the secondrepresentation. In some embodiments, in response to detecting selectionof a respective representation associated with a respective contentitem, the electronic device presents a user interface specific to therespective content item. In some embodiments, the user interfacespecific to the respective content item includes information about therespective content item, such as a summary, information about how toaccess the respective content item, a selectable option to play therespective content item, and the like. The first content item isoptionally one of a movie or TV series.

In some embodiments, such as in FIG. 6C, while displaying the contentitem representation section 608, the electronic device 500 receives(704), via the one or more input devices 510, an input corresponding toa request to move the first representation 608 a to the second secondaryposition in the content item representation section (e.g., a directionalinput (e.g., a swipe or tap on a touch-sensitive surface, selection ofan arrow key, a voice input, etc.) requesting to move the firstrepresentation to the right). In some embodiments, this input is ahorizontal swipe detected on a touch-sensitive surface of the remotecontrol device. In some embodiments, such as in FIG. 6F, in response toreceiving the input (706), the electronic device 500 moves (708) thefirst representation 608 a from the primary position to the secondsecondary position a first distance in a first direction. In someembodiments, the electronic device presents an animation of the firstrepresentation moving to the right of the primary position. In someembodiments, such as in FIG. 6F, the electronic device 500 moves (710)the second representation 608 b from the first secondary position to theprimary position the first distance in the first direction. In someembodiments, the electronic device presents an animation of the secondrepresentation from the left of the primary position to the primaryposition. In some embodiments, the first representation and the secondrepresentation move the same distance that is less than the width of theprimary position.

In some embodiments, FIGS. 6D-6E, moving the first representation 608 afrom the primary position to the second secondary position, and thesecond representation 608 b from the first secondary position to theprimary position comprises moving a cropping boundary between firstrepresentation 608 a and the second representation 608 b by a seconddistance, greater than the first distance, in the first direction,revealing the second representation 608 b from underneath the firstrepresentation 608 a (712) (e.g., as more of the second representationis revealed, move of the first representation is obscured). In someembodiments, the cropping boundary moves at the same time as the firstand second representations and in the same direction that the first andsecond representations move. For example, while the first and secondrepresentations move a distance to the right that is equal to thedistance between the right edge of the primary position and the rightedge of the second secondary position, the cropping boundary moves adistance to the right that is equal to the width of the primaryposition. In some embodiments, the cropping boundary demarcates thelocation/area/boundary on the display where the display of the firstrepresentation changes to the display of the second representation.

In some embodiments, such as in FIG. 6F, after moving the firstrepresentation 608 a from the primary position to the second secondaryposition, and the second representation 608 b from the first secondaryposition to the primary position, the second representation 608 b ispartially overlaid on the first representation 608 a (714). In someembodiments, the second representation is presented in the primaryposition next to a portion of the first representation to give theappearance that the second representation is overlaid on the secondrepresentation. The electronic device optionally presents anotherrepresentation of another content item in the first secondary positionsuch that the second representation also appears to be partiallyoverlaid on the other representation. In some embodiments, arepresentation that had been presented in in the second secondaryposition before the input is received is presented in the firstsecondary position in response to the input.

The above-described manner of transitioning from displaying the firstrepresentation in the primary position to displaying the secondrepresentation in the primary position by moving a cropping boundary adistance greater than the distance the first and second representationsmove allows the electronic device to animate the transition between thefirst representation and the second representation to confirm to theuser that the request to move the first representation to the secondsecondary position was received in a manner that reduces the number ofdisplay pixels that need to move to animate the transition (e.g., movingthe cropping boundary further than the distance that the representationsmove involves moving fewer pixels of the representations than movingboth the first and second representations the distance that the croppingframe boundary), which reduces power usage and improves battery life ofthe electronic device by simplifying the animation presented on thedisplay.

In some embodiments, such as in FIG. 6F, the content item representationsection 608 is included as a row in a user interface of a unified mediabrowsing application, the user interface including other rows 606 and610 of other representations of content items that are selectable toinitiate processes to display the respective content items on thedisplay (716). In some embodiments, the representations of content itemsare selectable to play the respective content items or present a productpage user interface specific to the respective content item thatincludes information about the respective content item and a selectableoption to play the respective content item. In some embodiments, eachrow of representations of content items is horizontally scrollable toreveal additional representations of content items and the userinterface is vertically scrollable to reveal additional rows ofrepresentations.

The above-described manner of presenting the content item representationsection as a row in a user interface of the unified media browsingapplication allows the electronic device to present the content itemrepresentation section among representations of other content items,which simplifies the interaction between the user and the electronicdevice and enhances the operability of the electronic device and makesthe user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by reducing the numberof inputs needed to navigate between a user interface that includes thecontent item representation and the other rows of other representationsof content), which additionally reduces power usage and improves batterylife of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronicdevice more quickly and efficiency.

In some embodiments, such as in FIG. 6F, the primary position (e.g., thelocation of representation 608 b in FIG. 6F) is a center position in thecontent item representation section, the first secondary position (e.g.,the location of representation 608 c in FIG. 6F) is a left position inthe content item representation section, and the second secondaryposition (e.g., the location of representation 608 a in FIG. 6F) is aright position in the content item representation section (718). Thecontent item representation in the primary position is optionallypresented in full and the content item representations in the firstsecondary position and the second secondary position are optionallypresented in part on either side of the content item representation inthe primary position. In some embodiments, such as in FIG. 6F, a leftside of a respective representation 608 c that is in the first secondaryposition is aligned with a left side of the first secondary position(720). In some embodiments, the left side of the respectiverepresentation that is in the first secondary position is visible to theleft of the respective representation that is in the primary position.In some embodiments, such as in FIG. 6F, a right side of a respectiverepresentation 608 a that is in the second secondary position is alignedwith a right side of the second secondary position (722). In someembodiments, the left side of the respective representation that is inthe first secondary position is visible to the left of the respectiverepresentation that is in the primary position. For example,left-aligning the representation on the left and right-aligning therepresentation on the right enable the electronic device to scroll thecontent item representation section by moving the cropping frame betweenthe representation that is moving out of the primary position and therepresentation that is moving into the primary position.

The above-described manner of left-aligning the representation on theleft and right-aligning the representation on the right allows theelectronic device to scroll the representations by moving a croppingframe between respective representations of content items, which makesthe electronic device more efficient (e.g., by reducing the number ofpixels that move during the animation of the transition), whichadditionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of theelectronic device.

In some embodiments, such as in FIG. 6G, the second representation 608 bcomprises two or more layers of images, and while the secondrepresentation 608 b is in the primary position, the two or more layersof images move with respect to each other (e.g., move differently thanone another) within the second representation 608 b in response to touchinput detected on a touch-sensitive surface of the one or more inputdevices 510, as shown in FIGS. 6I-6J (724). In some embodiments, theimage layers move to create a parallax effect. For example, one or moreimage layers towards the front of the image stackup move a greaterdistance in response to the movement of the contact on thetouch-sensitive surface than the distance that one or more image layerstowards the back of the stackup move in response to the input. Theelectronic device optionally compares the detected movement of thecontact to one or more sets of movement criteria to determine whetherthe input satisfies a navigational input that moves the current focuswithin the content item representation section or to another section ofthe user interface or if the movement satisfies image-movement criteriathat moves the two or more layers of images with respect to each otherwithout moving the current focus of the electronic device.

The above-described manner of moving the two or more layers of imageswith respect to one another in response to touch input allows theelectronic device to indicate to the user that the touch input is beingdetected while presenting the representations of content items, whichsimplifies the interaction between the user and the electronic deviceand enhances the operability of the electronic device and makes theuser-device interface more efficient (e.g., by confirming that the inputdevice is responsive without requiring the user to enter a navigationalinput), which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery lifeof the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronicdevice more quickly and efficiency.

In some embodiments, such as in FIG. 6G, the two or more layers includesa first video layer that includes playing video content (e.g., ananimated layer that included animated content) and a first static layerthat includes static image content, wherein the video content in thefirst video layer starts playing in response to the secondrepresentation 608 b being moved to the primary position (726). In someembodiments, until the second representation is moved to the primaryposition, the representation is presented as a single-layer image thatoptionally includes a paused frame of the video content. After movingthe second representation into the primary position, the electronicdevice optionally presents the second representation as a multi-layerimage that includes the video content in one of the layers of the image.

The above-described manner of not playing the video layer until thesecond representation is moved to the primary position allows theelectronic device to conserve computing resources until the secondrepresentation is moved to the primary position, which reduces powerusage and improves battery life of the electronic device.

In some embodiments, such as in FIG. 6G, the second representation 608 bcomprises two or more layers of images (728). In some embodiments, suchas in FIG. 6C, while the second representation 608 b, is not in theprimary position, the two or more layers of the second representationare fixed to each other and do not move with respect to one another inresponse to touch input detected on a touch-sensitive surface of the oneor more input devices (730). In some embodiments, the secondrepresentation is presented as a single-layer image until it moves tothe primary position. In some embodiments, such as in FIG. 6J, while thesecond representation 608 b is in the primary position, the two or morelayers of images move with respect to each other (e.g., move differentlythan one another) within the second representation 608 b in response totouch input 603 detected on the touch-sensitive surface of the one ormore input devices 510 (732). In some embodiments, the image layers moveto create a parallax effect. For example, one or more image layerstowards the front of the image stackup move a greater distance inresponse to the movement of the contact on the touch-sensitive surfacethan the distance that one or more image layers towards the back of thestackup move in response to the input. The electronic device optionallycompares the detected movement of the contact to one or more sets ofmovement criteria to determine whether the input satisfies anavigational input that moves the current focus within the content itemrepresentation section or to another section of the user interface or ifthe movement satisfies image-movement criteria that moves the two ormore layers of images with respect to each other without moving thecurrent focus of the electronic device.

The above-described manner of presenting the second representation as afixed image until the second representation is in the primary positionallows the electronic device to conserve computing resources while thesecond representation is in a secondary position which reduces powerusage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling theuser to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiency.

In some embodiments, such as in FIGS. 6J-6K, while the secondrepresentation 608 b is in the primary position (734), the electronicdevice 500 receives (736), via the one or more input devices, arespective touch input 603 detected on the touch-sensitive surface ofthe one or more input devices 510 (e.g., presence or movement of a touchon the touch-sensitive surface). In some embodiments, such as in FIGS.6J-6K, in response to receiving the respective touch input 603 (738), inaccordance with a determination that the respective touch input 603 hasa movement magnitude larger than a threshold, the electronic device 500moves (740) the two or more layers of images in the secondrepresentation 608 b with respect to each other (e.g., move differentlythan one another) within the second representation 608 b in accordancewith the respective touch input 603. The electronic device optionallycompares the detected movement of the contact to one or more sets ofmovement criteria to determine whether the input satisfies anavigational input that moves the current focus within the content itemrepresentation section or to another section of the user interface or ifthe movement satisfies image-movement criteria that moves the two ormore layers of images with respect to each other without moving thecurrent focus of the electronic device. In some embodiments, inaccordance with a determination that the respective touch input has themovement magnitude smaller than the threshold, the electronic deviceforgoes (742) moving the two or more layers of images in the secondrepresentation with respect to each other, such as presenting the userinterface illustrated in FIG. 6I in response to a touch input that doesnot include movement of the contact 603 or includes movement of acontact 603 that is a smaller movement than a threshold amount ofmovement. For example, when the touch input is stationary orsubstantially stationary, the two or more layers of images do not movein accordance with the touch input.

The above-described manner of moving the two or more layers of images inresponse to movement larger than a threshold and forgoing moving the twoor more layers of images in response to movement smaller than thethreshold allows the electronic device to move the images in response tointentional user input which indicates to the user that touch input isbeing detected, which simplifies the interaction between the user andthe electronic device and enhances the operability of the electronicdevice and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., byconfirming to the user that the electronic device is responsive to touchinput without requiring the user to enter a navigational input), whichadditionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of theelectronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device morequickly and efficiency.

In some embodiments, such as in FIGS. 6J-6K, moving the two or morelayers of images in the second representation 608 b with respect to eachother (e.g., move differently than one another) within the secondrepresentation 608 b comprises moving the two or more layers of imagesin the second representation 608 b with respect to each other (e.g.,move differently than one another) within the second representation 608b while a border of the second representation 608 b remains fixed (744).In some embodiments, the second representation occupies the samefootprint in the user interface even when the two or more image layersmove. For example, the border region acts as a cropping window aroundthe two or more image layers.

The above-described manner of presenting the second representation witha fixed border region allows the electronic device to conserve displayarea for other content and information, which simplifies the interactionbetween the user and the electronic device and enhances the operabilityof the electronic device and makes the user-device interface moreefficient (e.g., by presenting the user with more information that isvisible without scrolling the user interface), which additionallyreduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic deviceby enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly andefficiency.

In some embodiments, such as in FIGS. 6G-6I the second representation608 b includes a title of the second content item, and the title of thesecond content item animates from outside the second representation 608b to inside the second representation 608 b in response to the secondrepresentation 608 b being moved to the primary position (746). Forexample, while the second representation is in the primary position, theelectronic device presents an animation of the title of the contentmoving from outside of the representation to inside the representation.In some embodiments, the title is only visible within the boundary ofthe second representation as the title animates to the secondrepresentation.

The above-described manner of animating movement of the title into thesecond representation when the second representation is presented in theprimary position allows the electronic device to forgo presenting thetitle in the second representation while the second representation is inone of the secondary positions in the content representation area of thedisplay, which simplifies the interaction between the user and theelectronic device and enhances the operability of the electronic deviceand makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by notpresenting the title until there is enough space within the secondrepresentation to present the title in full, which enables the title tobe clearly read by the user), which additionally reduces power usage andimproves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user touse the electronic device more quickly and efficiency.

In some embodiments, such as in FIG. 6C, while the first representation608 a associated with the first content item is in the primary positionand the second representation 608 b associated with the second contentitem is in the first secondary position, the first representation 608 ais displayed with a first brightness characteristic, and the secondrepresentation 608 b is displayed with a second brightnesscharacteristic, different than the first characteristic (748). In someembodiments, the first representation is presented in full color. Insome embodiments, the second representation is presented with a greyedout or darkened appearance. The third representation is optionally alsopresented with the second brightness characteristic while the thirdrepresentation is presented in the second secondary position. In someembodiments, such as in FIG. 6F, while the second representation 608 bassociated with the second content item is in the primary position andthe first representation 608 a associated with the first content item isin the second secondary position, the first representation 608 a isdisplayed with the second brightness characteristic, and the secondrepresentation 608 b is displayed with the first brightnesscharacteristic (750). In some embodiments, whichever representation isin the primary position is presented with the first brightnesscharacteristic (e.g., full color) and the representations in the firstand second secondary positions are presented with the second brightnesscharacteristic (e.g., darkened, greyed out, etc.).

The above-described manner of presenting the representation in theprimary position with the first brightness characteristic and therepresentations in the secondary positions with the second brightnesscharacteristic allows the electronic device to improve the readabilityand visibility of the representation that has the current focus, whichsimplifies the interaction between the user and the electronic deviceand enhances the operability of the electronic device and makes theuser-device interface more efficient (e.g., by reducing the amount oftime it takes the user to comprehend the representation in the primaryposition), which additionally reduces power usage and improves batterylife of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronicdevice more quickly and efficiency.

In some embodiments, such as in FIG. 6N, the second representation 608 acomprises two or more layers of images (752). In some embodiments, suchas in FIG. 6N, while the second representation 608 a is in the primaryposition, the electronic device 500 receives (754), via the one or moreinput devices 510, an input corresponding to a selection input detectedat the one or more input devices (e.g., an input selecting the secondrepresentation). In some embodiments, such as in FIGS. 60-6S, inresponse to receiving the input corresponding to the selection inputdetected at the one or more input devices 510, the electronic device 500displays (756) an animation of the two or more layers moving towards aforeground of the display resulting in display, on the display, of auser interface 614 a specific to the second content item. In someembodiments, the image layers of the second representation get larger toappear to be moving towards the user. In some embodiments, as the layersof the second representation increase in size, the electronic devicefades or greys out the appearance of the second representation and theuser interface specific to the second content item fades in. The userinterface specific to the second content item is optionally a productpage use interface that includes information about the item of contentand a selectable option to play the content.

The above-described manner of displaying an animation of the two or morelayers moving towards the foreground of the display resulting in thedisplay of the user interface specific to the second content item allowsthe electronic device to visually confirm that the input selecting thesecond representation, which simplifies the interaction between the userand the electronic device and enhances the operability of the electronicdevice and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., byproviding confirmation to the user without requiring further input fromthe user), which additionally reduces power usage and improves batterylife of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronicdevice more quickly and efficiency.

In some embodiments, such as in FIG. 6T, in response to displaying theuser interface 614 a specific to the second content item (758), inaccordance with a determination that a user of the electronic device 500has not interacted with the second content item (760) (e.g., played thesecond content item, viewed a video trailer of the second content item,etc.), the electronic device 500 displays (762), on the user interface614 a, a video trailer 616 b associated with the second content item. Insome embodiments, when the user interface is first displayed, the userinterface is presented with a still or motion background (e.g., ambientvideo) that represents the item of content and, after a predeterminedduration of time (e.g., 3, 5, or 10 seconds), the electronic deviceceases displaying the motion background and presents the video trailer.After the video trailer is complete, the electronic device optionallypresents the still image or motion background (e.g., ambient video) inthe user interface. In some embodiments, such as in FIG. 6W, inaccordance with a determination that a user of the electronic device 500has interacted with the second content item (764) (e.g., watched thecontent or the video trailer of the content), the electronic device 500displays (766), on the user interface 614 a, ambient video content 616 c(e.g., ambient animated content, a motion background, etc.), as abackground of the user interface 614 a, associated with the secondcontent item without displaying the video trailer in the user interface(e.g., information and/or the selectable option to play the content isoverlaid on the ambient video content).

The above-described manner of presenting the trailer if the user has notinteracted with the content and forgoing presenting the trailer if theuser has interacted with the content allows the electronic device toconserve resources when the user has already interacted with thecontent, which reduces power usage and improves battery life of theelectronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device morequickly and efficiency.

In some embodiments, such as in FIG. 6S, in accordance with adetermination that the user of the electronic device 500 has watched afirst set of episodes of the second content item, the ambient video is afirst ambient video 616 a (768). In some embodiments, the second contentitem is a series of episodic content, such as a television show. In someembodiments, the ambient video is an ambient video associated with thenext episode after the first set of episodes of the second content item.In some embodiments, such as in FIG. 6W, in accordance with adetermination that the user of the electronic device 500 has watched asecond set of episodes of the second content item, different than thefirst set, the ambient video is a second ambient video 616 c, differentthan the first ambient video 616 a (770). In some embodiments, theambient video is an ambient video associated with the next episode afterthe second set of episodes.

The above-described manner of presenting ambient video based on whichset of episodes of the second content time the user has watched allowsthe electronic device to indicate to the user that the next episode willplay in response to selection of a selectable option for playing thecontent, which simplifies the interaction between the user and theelectronic device and enhances the operability of the electronic deviceand makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by reducingthe number of inputs needed to verify that the content will play fromthe next episode in the series), which additionally reduces power usageand improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the userto use the electronic device more quickly and efficiency.

In some embodiments, such as in FIG. 6C, the content item representationsection 608 includes the first representation 608 a, the secondrepresentation 608 b and a third representation 608 c of a third contentitem (772). In some embodiments, such as in FIG. 6C, while a respectiverepresentation 608 a of the first, second and third representations isin the primary position in the content item representation section 608,the respective representation 608 a includes at least one animatedportion (774). In some embodiments, the image stackup of the respectiverepresentation includes one or more video layers that continuously playswhile the respective representation is presented in the primaryposition. In some embodiments, such as in FIG. 6C, while respectiverepresentations 608 b and 608 c of the first, second and thirdrepresentations are in the first and second secondary positions in thecontent item representation section, the respective representations 608b and 608 c do not include respective at least one animated portions(776). In some embodiments, the video layers of the representations inthe second and third secondary positions are not presented or are pausedwhile the representations are in the second and third secondarypositions.

The above-described manner of forgoing presenting the animated portionsof the representations in the second and third secondary positionsallows the electronic device to conserve computing resources, whichreduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic deviceby enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly andefficiency.

In some embodiments, such as in FIG. 6C the content item representationsection 608 does not include a representation of an episode of acollection of episodic content (778). In some embodiments, the contentitem representations that represent episodic content are representativeof the series of episodic content, rather than individual episodes. Insome embodiments, the content item representation section furtherincludes representations of movies.

The above-described manner of excluding representations of individualepisodes from the content item representation section allows theelectronic device to reduce the number of user inputs needed to browserepresentations of different content series, which simplifies theinteraction between the user and the electronic device and enhances theoperability of the electronic device and makes the user-device interfacemore efficient (e.g., by reducing the number of inputs needed to viewrepresentations of different series), which additionally reduces powerusage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling theuser to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiency.

In some embodiments, such as in FIG. 6C, while the first representation608 a of the first content item is located in the primary position, thefirst representation 608 a includes a visual indication 626 of aprovider of the first content item (780) (e.g., text or an image (e.g.,an icon or logo) indicating the provider of the first content item). Insome embodiments, such as in FIG. 6I, while the second representation608 b of the second content item is located in the primary position, thesecond representation 608 b includes a visual indication of a providerof the second content item (782) (e.g., text or an image (e.g., an iconor logo) indicating the provider of the first content item). Theelectronic device optionally presents the visual indication of theprovider as animating in to the primary position when the respectiverepresentation is presented in the primary position. In someembodiments, the indication of the provider does not move in response toa user input that causes other layers in the image stackup to move. Insome embodiments, the indication of the provider moves in response tothe user input that causes the other image layers in the image stackupto move. The indication of the provider is optionally overlaid on theother image layers in the image stackup. As used herein, the provider ofthe content is optionally a channel, streaming service, subscriptionservice, or other entity that authorizes the electronic device to accessthe content. In some embodiments, the indication of the provider ispresented when the respective representation is in the primary position,but not when the respective representation is in one of the secondarypositions.

The above-described manner of presenting the indication of the providerof the content allows the electronic device to indicate to the user theway in which the electronic device has access to the content, whichsimplifies the interaction between the user and the electronic deviceand enhances the operability of the electronic device and makes theuser-device interface more efficient (e.g., by reducing the number ofinputs needed to view the content item representation section andinformation about the provider of a respective item of content presentedin the content item representation section), which additionally reducespower usage and improves battery life of the electronic device byenabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly andefficiency.

It should be understood that the particular order in which theoperations in FIGS. 7A-7G have been described is merely exemplary and isnot intended to indicate that the described order is the only order inwhich the operations could be performed. One of ordinary skill in theart would recognize various ways to reorder the operations describedherein. Additionally, it should be noted that details of other processesdescribed herein with respect to other methods described herein (e.g.,methods 900, 1100, and 1300) are also applicable in an analogous mannerto method 700 described above with respect to FIGS. 7A-7G. For example,the ways of presenting representations of items of content describedabove with reference to method 700 optionally have one or more of thecharacteristics of the ways of presenting representations of auxiliarycontent, presenting representations of content based on the contentconsumption history of the user account, presenting representations ofbonus content items, etc., described herein with reference to othermethods described herein (e.g., methods 900, 1100, and 1300). Forbrevity, these details are not repeated here.

The operations in the information processing methods described aboveare, optionally, implemented by running one or more functional modulesin an information processing apparatus such as general purposeprocessors (e.g., a as described with respect to FIGS. 1A-1B, 3, 5A-5Cor application specific chips. Further, the operations described abovewith reference to FIGS. 7A-7G are, optionally, implemented by componentsdepicted in FIGS. 1A-1B. For example, displaying operations 702, 704,716, 748, 750, 756,758, 762, and 766 receiving operations 704, 706, 736,738, 754, and 756 and initiating operations 702, and 716 are,optionally, implemented by event sorter 170, event recognizer 180, andevent handler 190. When a respective predefined event or sub-event isdetected, event recognizer 180 activates an event handler 190 associatedwith the detection of the event or sub-event. Event handler 190optionally utilizes or calls data updater 176 or object updater 177 toupdate the application internal state 192. In some embodiments, eventhandler 190 accesses a respective GUI updater 178 to update what isdisplayed by the application. Similarly, it would be clear to a personhaving ordinary skill in the art how other processes can be implementedbased on the components depicted in FIGS. 1A-1B.

Presenting Representations of Auxiliary Content

Users interact with electronic devices in many different manners,including using an electronic device to view auxiliary content relatedto an item of content of interest to the user. In some embodiments, anelectronic device is able to display representations of the auxiliarycontent to facilitate browsing of the available auxiliary content. Theembodiments described below provide ways in which an electronic devicepresents representations of auxiliary content related to an item ofcontent in the product page user interface of the item of content and inauxiliary content user interfaces. Enhancing interactions with a devicereduces the amount of time needed by a user to perform operations, andthus reduces the power usage of the device and increases battery lifefor battery-powered devices. It is understood that people use devices.When a person uses a device, that person is optionally referred to as auser of the device.

FIGS. 8A-8W illustrate exemplary ways in which an electronic device 500presents representations of auxiliary content related to an item ofcontent in accordance with some embodiments of the disclosure. Theembodiments in these figures are used to illustrate the processesdescribed below, including the processes described with reference toFIGS. 9A-9H.

FIG. 8A illustrates a product page user interface 802 of a contentapplication. The product page user interface 802 includes informationabout a series of episodic content available for playback with thecontent application, as described above with reference to FIGS. 6S-6Xand 6AA-6FF. The product page user interface 802 includes a motion image804 corresponding to the next episode in the series of episodes based onthe user's watching progress, an indication 806 of the provider thatprovides access to the content series in the content application, aselectable option 808 that, when selected, causes the electronic device500 to play the next episode, a selectable option 810 that, whenselected, causes the electronic device 500 to add the series to an upnext queue of the content application, and information 812 about theseries. As shown in FIG. 8A, the user scrolls (e.g., with contact 803)down in the user interface.

In response to the user's scrolling in FIG. 8A, the electronic device500 scrolls the product page user interface. As shown in FIG. 8B, theelectronic device 500 presents a row 814 of representations of episodesin the content series and a row 818 of descriptions of the episodes.Additionally, the electronic device 500 presents an indication 816 ofwhich episode is the current episode based on the user's watchingprogress. The user scrolls (e.g., with contact 803) down in the userinterface.

In FIG. 8C, the electronic device 500 presents the next part of theproduct page user interface that includes a representation 820 ofauxiliary content related to the series of content. The representation820 includes an animated background image 824 related to the auxiliarycontent and a selectable option 822 that, when selected, causes theelectronic device 500 to present the auxiliary content related to thecontent series. The electronic device 500 also displays a row 826 ofrepresentations of bonus material related to the content series. Theuser selects (e.g., with contact 803) the option 822 to display theauxiliary content user interface.

FIG. 8D illustrates the auxiliary content user interface 828 a that isdisplayed by the electronic device 500 in response to the user'sselection in FIG. 8C. The auxiliary content user interface 828 aincludes a selectable option 830 a that, when selected, causes theelectronic device 500 to display auxiliary video content associated withthe content series, a description 832 a of the auxiliary video content,and an image 836 a corresponding to the auxiliary content. Theselectable option 830 a, description 832 a, and image 836 a are overlaidon a background image related to the auxiliary video content. Thebackground image 834 a is an image that relates to the auxiliary contentthat plays in response to selection of option 830 a. Similarly, theoverlay image 836 a is an icon or illustration that is different fromthe background image 834 a that also relates to the auxiliary contentthat plays in response to detecting selection of option 830 a. Theauxiliary content user interface 828 a further includes a paginationindicator 838 a that indicates the relative position of the auxiliarycontent user interface relative to other auxiliary content userinterfaces the electronic device is able to present in response todetecting a horizontal swipe.

As shown in FIG. 8D, the electronic device 500 detects slight motion ofcontact 803 on the touch sensitive surface 451 of remote control device510. For example the user rolls or shifts their finger slightly whiletouching the touch-sensitive surface 451. In response to detecting themovement of contact 803 illustrated in FIG. 8D, the electronic device500 displays the selectable option 830 a with a visual indication 840 ofthe motion of the contact 803 shown in FIG. 8E. For example, device 500slightly tilts or otherwise changes the shading of representation 830 ain accordance with the touch input.

In FIG. 8E, the electronic device 500 detects a swipe (e.g., movement ofcontact 803) on the touch-sensitive surface 451. In response todetecting the swipe illustrated in FIG. 8E, the electronic device 500ceases displaying the auxiliary content user interface 828 a illustratedin FIG. 8E and displays the next auxiliary content user interface 828 billustrated in FIG. 8F.

The auxiliary content user interface 828 b illustrated in FIG. 8Fincludes elements 830 b, 832 b, 834 b, 836 b and 838 b that are similarto the elements 830 a, 832 a, 834 a, 836 a, and 838 a of the auxiliarycontent user interface 828 a illustrated in FIG. 8E. The elements 830 b,832 b, 834 b, 836 b, and 838 b correspond to the same item of auxiliarycontent, which is different from the item of auxiliary content to whichelements 830 a, 832 a, 834 a, 836 a, and 838 a correspond. As shown inFIG. 8F, after scrolling to the auxiliary content page, the paginationindicator 838 b updates to indicate the updated position within theother pages of auxiliary user interfaces.

The electronic device 500 is able to display different styles ofpagination indicators in auxiliary content user interfaces depending onthe number of auxiliary content user interfaces that the user is able topresent in response to a horizontal swipe input.

As shown in FIG. 8F, when the number 842 of pages of auxiliary contentuser interfaces is less than a first threshold 844 (e.g., 6, 8, 10 etc.pages), the electronic device 500 presents the pagination indicator 838b illustrated in FIG. 8F. The pagination indicator 838 b includes adiscrete indication of the current location in the plurality ofauxiliary content user interfaces.

FIG. 8G illustrates another style of pagination indicator 838 c that theelectronic device 500 displays in an auxiliary content user interface828 c. The auxiliary content user interface 828 c includes elements 830c, 832 c, 834 c, 836 c and 838 c that are similar to the elements 830 a,832 a, 834 a, 836 a, and 838 a of the auxiliary content user interface828 a illustrated in FIG. 8E. As shown in FIG. 8G, when the number ofpages 842 is greater than the first threshold 844 (e.g., 6, 8, 10 etc.pages) but less than a second threshold 846 (e.g., 20, 30, etc. pages),the electronic device presents pagination indicator 838 c shown inauxiliary content user interface 828 c. The pagination indicator 838 cincludes a continuous indication 838 c of the relative position of theauxiliary content user interface 828 c relative to the other pages ofauxiliary content user interfaces.

FIG. 8H illustrates another style of pagination indicator 838 d that theelectronic device 500 displays in an auxiliary content user interface828 d. The auxiliary content user interface 828 d includes elements 830d, 832 d, 834 d, 836 d and 838 d that are similar to the elements 830 a,832 a, 834 a, 836 a, and 838 a of the auxiliary content user interface828 a illustrated in FIG. 8E. As shown in FIG. 8H, when the number ofpages 842 is greater than the second threshold 846 (e.g., 20, 30, etc.pages), the electronic device presents pagination indicator 838 d shownin auxiliary content user interface 828 d. The pagination indicator 838d includes a continuous indication 838 d of the relative position of theauxiliary content user interface 828 d relative to the other pages ofauxiliary content user interfaces. The pagination indicator 838 d is asmaller size (e.g., smaller horizontal and/or vertical size) thanpagination indicator 838 c illustrated in FIG. 8G. As shown in FIG. 8H,the user selects (e.g., with contact 803) a button to navigate backwardin the user interface back to the product page user interface (e.g.,“menu” button on remote 510).

FIG. 8I illustrates presentation of the product page user interface inresponse to the user's selection in FIG. 8H. The product page userinterface illustrated in FIG. 8I is the same as the product page userinterface illustrated in FIG. 8C. The current focus is on option 822,which is the option the user selected to view the user interfacedescribed above with reference to FIGS. 8D-8H. As shown in FIG. 8I, theuser scrolls down (e.g., with motion of contact 803) to scroll theproduct page user interface.

In response to scrolling including the scrolling illustrated in FIG. 8I,the electronic device scrolls the product page user interface to thelocation illustrated in FIG. 8J. As shown in FIG. 8J, the electronicdevice 500 presents the row 826 of representations of bonus materialrelated to the content series and a representation 848 a of an item ofauxiliary content. The representation 848 a of the item of auxiliarycontent is displayed in a row that includes part of anotherrepresentation 848 b of an item of auxiliary content. The representation848 a of the item of auxiliary content includes a motion background 850a related to the item of auxiliary content that the electronic device500 presents in response to detecting selection of the representation848 a (e.g., the background animates when representation 848 a receivesthe current focus, and stops animating when it loses the current focus).

As shown in FIG. 8J, while the current focus is on the representation848 a of an item of auxiliary content, the electronic device 500 detectsa horizontal swipe (e.g., with contact 803) on the touch-sensitivesurface 451 of the remote control device 510.

In response to the input illustrated in FIG. 8J, the electronic device500 scrolls the row of representations of auxiliary content to displayentire representation 848 b, part of representation 848 a, and part ofrepresentation 848 c, as shown in FIG. 8K. The representation 848 b ofthe auxiliary content includes a motion background 850 b related to theauxiliary content presented by the electronic device 500 in response todetecting selection of the representation 848 b (e.g., the backgroundanimates when representation 848 b receives the current focus, and stopsanimating when it loses the current focus). As shown in FIG. 8K, theuser selects (e.g., with contact 803) the representation 848 b.

In response to the user's selection in FIG. 8K, the electronic devicedisplays auxiliary video content corresponding to the selectedrepresentation 848 b, as shown in FIG. 8L. As shown in FIG. 8L, whilethe electronic device 500 displays the video content, the electronicdevice 500 detects contact 803 on the touch-sensitive surface 451 of theremote control device 510 (e.g., a tap input, a resting of fingerwithout a click, a click input).

As shown in FIG. 8M, in response to detecting the contact illustrated inFIG. 8L, the electronic device 500 a displays a playback progress bar854, an image 856 related to the auxiliary video content 852, andmetadata 858 related to the auxiliary video content overlaid on theauxiliary video content 852. The metadata 858 includes information suchas the title of the auxiliary video content, the title of the series ofcontent to which the auxiliary content is related, the runtime of theauxiliary content, and the like. The image 856 is an illustration, icon,or other image related to the auxiliary content and/or the contentseries to which the auxiliary content is related. A click input detectedon touch-sensitive surface 451 optionally initiates a scrubbing processin which right/left swipe inputs detected on touch-sensitive surface 451cause scrubbing (e.g., fast forwarding, rewinding) through the auxiliarycontent (video content F).

When the auxiliary content 852 finishes playing, the electronic device500 presents the product page user interface again. As shown in FIG. 8M,while the playback progress 858 of the auxiliary video content 852 ispartway through the auxiliary video content 852, the electronic device500 continues to play the auxiliary video content 852.

In FIG. 8N, the playback position 858 of the auxiliary video content 852reaches the end of the auxiliary video content 852. In response toreaching the end of the auxiliary video content in FIG. 8N, theelectronic device 500 presents the product page user interface scrolledto the same location and with the current focus on representation 848 bin FIG. 8K again, as shown in FIG. 8O.

In FIG. 8O, the user selects (e.g., with contact 803) the representation848 b of the auxiliary video content. In FIG. 8P, in response to theuser's selection in FIG. 8O, the electronic device 500 presents theauxiliary video content 852. While playing the auxiliary video content852, the electronic device 500 detects selection (e.g., with contact803) of the option to navigate backward in the user interface (e.g.,“menu” button on remote 510). In response to the user's selection inFIG. 8P, the electronic device 500 presents the part of the product pagethat includes the representation 848 b of the auxiliary content scrolledto the same location and with the current focus on representation 848 bin FIG. 8K again, as shown in FIG. 8Q.

In FIG. 8Q, the electronic device 500 detects a user input to scroll theproduct page user interface (e.g., movement of contact 803). In responseto one or more scrolling inputs including the input illustrated in FIG.8Q, the electronic device 500 displays the section of the product pageuser interface illustrated in FIG. 8R.

As shown in FIG. 8R, the product page user interface includes a row 861of representations of content items related to the content series of theproduct page and a representation 860 of auxiliary content. Therepresentation 860 of auxiliary content includes a plurality ofselectable options 862 a-d that, when selected, cause the electronicdevice 500 to present a respective auxiliary content user interface. Theselectable options 862 a-d are overlaid on a background image 864related to the auxiliary content represented by options 862 a-d (e.g., amotion background image that optionally animates when one of the options862 a-d has the current focus and stops animating when the current focusis not on one of the options 862 a-d). While a first selectable option862 a has the current focus of the electronic device 500, therepresentation 860 of the auxiliary content includes an overlay image866 a (e.g., icon, illustration, etc.) related to the first option 862 aand text 868 a related to the first selectable option 862 a.

As shown in FIG. 8R, the electronic device 500 detects a swipe input(e.g., movement of contact 803 on touch-sensitive surface 451 of remotecontrol device 510) corresponding to an input to move the current focusto the right. In response to the input illustrated in FIG. 8R, theelectronic device 500 moves the current focus from the first option 862a to the second option 862 b as shown in FIG. 8S. When the current focusmoves from the first option 862 a to the second option 862 b, theelectronic device 500 updates the representation 860 of the auxiliarycontent to include a second image 866 b overlaid on the background image864 and second text 868 b that corresponds to the second option 862 b.When the current focus moves from option 862 a to option 862 b, thebackground image 864 does not change. As shown in FIG. 8S, the userselects (e.g., with contact 803) the second option 862 b.

In response to the user's selection in FIG. 8S, the electronic devicedisplays the auxiliary content user interface 870 illustrated in FIG.8T. The auxiliary content user interface 870 includes a plurality ofselectable options 874 a-e that, when selected, cause the electronicdevice 500 to display a respective item of auxiliary content or arespective other auxiliary content user interface. The selectableoptions 874 a-e are overlaid on a motion image 872 a (e.g., an animatedimage, video content, etc.) that corresponds to the option 874 a thathas the current focus of the electronic device 500. As shown in FIG. 8T,the electronic device 500 detects a swipe input (e.g., motion of contact803 on the touch-sensitive surface 451 of remote control device 510)that corresponds to an input to move the current focus to the right.

FIG. 8U illustrates the auxiliary content user interface 870 in responseto the swipe input illustrated in FIG. 8T. As shown in FIG. 8U, theelectronic device 500 moves the current focus from the first option 874a to the second option 874 b in accordance with the swipe input. Inresponse to moving the focus from the first option 874 a to the secondoption 874 b, the electronic device 500 updates the auxiliary contentuser interface 870 to include a background image 872 b that correspondsto the second option 874 b.

FIG. 8V illustrates another auxiliary content user interface 876. Theauxiliary content user interface includes a large selectable option 882and a plurality of small selectable options 880 a-e. Each selectableoption 882 and 880 a-e is selectable to display another auxiliarycontent user interface or an item of auxiliary content. While the largeselectable option 882 has the current focus of the electronic device500, the large selectable option 882 includes a motion background 878 a.The small selectable options 880 a-e each include a respective imagerepresenting the auxiliary content or auxiliary content user interfacethat is presented in response to detecting selection of one or morerespective small selectable options 880 a-e.

As shown in FIG. 8V, the electronic device 500 detects a swipe input(e.g., movement of contact 803 on touch-sensitive surface 451 of theremote control device 510) that corresponds to a user input to move thecurrent focus down in the user interface. In response to the inputillustrated in FIG. 8V, the electronic device 500 updates the auxiliarycontent user interface 876, as shown in FIG. 8W to move the focus fromthe large option 882 to a small option 880 a. When the current focusmoves from the large option 882 to the small option 880 a, theelectronic device 500 ceases to animate the image 878 b included in thelarge option, such as by displaying a paused frame of the motionbackground. The small options 880 a-e, including option 880 a, do notanimate when they have the current focus.

Although specific representations 822, 848, and 860 of auxiliary contentare shown as being selectable to display specific auxiliary content userinterfaces, such as the auxiliary content user interfaces describedabove with reference to FIGS. 8D-8H, 8L-8N, 8P, and 8T-8W, it should beunderstood that representations of auxiliary content are optionallyselectable to display any type of auxiliary content user interfacewithout departing from the scope of the disclosure. In other words, therepresentations of auxiliary content are interchangeable and theauxiliary content user interfaces are interchangeable.

FIGS. 9A-9H are flow diagrams illustrating a method 900 of presentingrepresentations of auxiliary content related to an item of content inaccordance with some embodiments of the disclosure. The method 900 isoptionally performed at an electronic device such as device 100, device300, device 500, device 501, device 510, and device 511 as describedabove with reference to FIGS. 1A-1B, 2-3, 4A-4B and 5A-5C. Someoperations in method 900 are, optionally combined and/or order of someoperations is, optionally, changed.

As described below, the method 900 provides ways to presentrepresentations of auxiliary content related to an item of content. Themethod reduces the cognitive burden on a user when interacting with auser interface of the device of the disclosure, thereby creating a moreefficient human-machine interface. For battery-operated electronicdevices, increasing the efficiency of the user's interaction with theuser interface conserves power and increases the time between batterycharges.

In some embodiments, such as in FIG. 8C, an electronic device 500 incommunication with a display device 514 and one or more input devices510 (e.g., a mobile device (e.g., a tablet, a smartphone, a mediaplayer, or a wearable device) including a touch screen, a computerincluding one or more of a keyboard, mouse, trackpad, and touch screenand in communication with a display, or a set-top box in communicationwith a display and a remote control device) displays (902), via thedisplay device, a product page user interface for a respective contentitem (e.g., movie, series of episodic content, etc.), wherein theproduct page user interface includes a first representation 820corresponding to auxiliary content created for the respective contentitem (e.g., the product page includes information about the contentitem, such as studio, genre, cast and crew, synopsis, available ways forthe user to gain entitlement to watch the item of content, options toplay the content, and one or more representations of auxiliary contentcreated for the respective content item). For example, the product pagefor a series of episodic content includes a description of the series, aselectable option that, when selected, causes the electronic device toplay the next episode in the series based on which episode the user mostrecently watched, representations of the episodes in the series that areeach selectable to play a respective episode, and one or morerepresentations corresponding to auxiliary content created for theseries of episodic content. The one or more representations of auxiliarycontent optionally include text and images that represent the auxiliarycontent.

In some embodiments, such as in FIG. 8C, while displaying the productpage user interface, the electronic device 500 receives (904), via theone or more input devices 510, an input directed to the firstrepresentation 820.

In some embodiments, in response to receiving the input directed to thefirst representation (906), the electronic device 500 ceases (908)display of the product page user interface for the respective contentitem, such as in FIG. 8D.

In some embodiments, in response to receiving the input directed to thefirst representation (906), the electronic device 500 displays (910),via the display device, an auxiliary content user interface 828 a thatincludes the auxiliary content 832 a, 834 a, 836 a created for therespective content item. For example, displaying a separate userinterface dedicated to the auxiliary content, separate from the productpage user interface. In some embodiments, the auxiliary content iscontent to which the user of the electronic device has access by virtueof the fact that the user has access to the respective content item(e.g., because the user purchased the respective content item, the usersubscribed to the channel on which the respective content item isavailable, etc.). In some embodiments, the auxiliary content is notcontent that can be purchased separately or independently from therespective content item, and is only available to the user once the userhas access to the respective content item. The auxiliary contentoptionally includes text, images, audio content and/or video contentrelated to the respective content item. In some embodiments, theauxiliary content includes video content related to the respectivecontent item that is not the content item itself. The auxiliary contentuser interface optionally includes additional menus and selectableoptions that are selectable to present items of auxiliary content. Insome embodiments, the auxiliary content user interface is the auxiliarycontent itself. In other words, in some embodiments, in response todetecting selection of the first representation of the auxiliarycontent, the electronic device presents the auxiliary content.

The above-described manner of presenting the representation of theauxiliary content created for the respective content item in the productpage user interface of the respective content item allows the electronicdevice to present the representation of the auxiliary content item alongwith other content and information related to the respective contentitem in the product page user interface, which simplifies theinteraction between the user and the electronic device and enhances theoperability of the electronic device and makes the user-device interfacemore efficient (e.g., by reducing the number of inputs needed to browseall information and content related to the respective content item,including the auxiliary content), which additionally reduces power usageand improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the userto use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently.

In some embodiments, such as in FIG. 8C, the first representation 820corresponding to the auxiliary content occupies a full width of theproduct page user interface and includes a first selectable option 822overlaid on the first representation, and the input directed to thefirst representation includes selection of the first selectable option822 (912). In some embodiments, the first representation includes abackground image that is a still image or an animated motion image.Optionally, information about the auxiliary content (e.g., title,summary, etc.) and the first selectable option are overlaid on theimage. The electronic device is optionally able to direct its inputfocus to the first selectable option and, while the input focus is onthe first selectable option, selection of the selectable option causesthe electronic device to present the corresponding auxiliary content.

The above-described manner of presenting the first option overlaid onthe first representation allows the electronic device to concurrentlypresent the option and the first representation, which simplifies theinteraction between the user and the electronic device and enhances theoperability of the electronic device and makes the user-device interfacemore efficient (e.g., by reducing the number of inputs needed to selectthe first option while viewing the first representation), whichadditionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of theelectronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device morequickly and efficiently.

In some embodiments, the first representation 820 comprises a movingimage background 824 (914). In some embodiments, the moving imagebackground is video content or another animated or moving image.

The above-described manner of presenting the first representation withthe moving image background allows the electronic device to present aplurality of images without a user input for navigating through theplurality of images, which simplifies the interaction between the userand the electronic device and enhances the operability of the electronicdevice and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., byreducing the number of inputs needed to view the plurality of images),which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of theelectronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device morequickly and efficiently.

In some embodiments, such as in FIG. 8J, the first representation 848 ais one of a plurality of representations 848 a and 848 b correspondingto auxiliary content (e.g., each representation selectable to viewdifferent auxiliary content for the respective content item) that arehorizontally scrollable in the product page user interface, and theinput directed to the first representation 848 a includes selection ofthe first representation 848 a that corresponds to first auxiliarycontent for the respective content item (916). In some embodiments, theelectronic device presents part of a second representation horizontallyadjacent to the first representation. Optionally, in response todetecting an input to horizontally scroll the row of representations,the electronic device updates the user interface to present the secondrepresentation and part of the first representation. In someembodiments, the first and second representations comprise motion imageswith information about the auxiliary content overlaid on the motionimage.

The above-described manner of presenting the plurality of horizontallyscrollable representations allows the electronic device to present theuser with multiple representations of auxiliary content within theproduct page user interface, which simplifies the interaction betweenthe user and the electronic device and enhances the operability of theelectronic device and makes the user-device interface more efficient(e.g., by enabling the user to browse the representations withoutnavigating away from the product page user interface), whichadditionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of theelectronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device morequickly and efficiently.

In some embodiments, such as in FIG. 8S, the first representation 860 isan image 864 on the product page user interface that includes aplurality of respective representations 862 a-d corresponding toauxiliary content overlaid on the background image 864 (e.g., eachrepresentation selectable to view different auxiliary content for therespective content item) (918), and the input directed to the firstrepresentation 860 includes selection (e.g., with contact 803) of afirst respective representation 862 b of the plurality of respectiverepresentations that corresponds to first auxiliary content for therespective content item. In some embodiments, the electronic devicepresents an image that is as wide as the width of the product page userinterface with a plurality of selectable representations overlaid on theimage. Optionally, each representation includes text and/or an imagecorresponding to auxiliary content that is presented in response todetecting selection of a respective representation. In some embodiments,the electronic device also displays information about the group of itemsof auxiliary content overlaid on the image. As the user horizontallyscrolls to move the input focus of the electronic device from onerepresentation to another, the electronic device displays another image(e.g., an icon, illustration, etc.) that corresponds to therepresentation that has the current focus overlaid on the backgroundimage. In some embodiments, the background image does not change whenthe current focus moves from representation to representation.

The above-described manner of presenting a plurality of respectiverepresentations overlaid on an image in the product page user interfaceallows the electronic device to concurrently present multiplerepresentations of auxiliary content, which simplifies the interactionbetween the user and the electronic device and enhances the operabilityof the electronic device and makes the user-device interface moreefficient (e.g., by reducing the number of inputs needed to browse therepresentations of auxiliary content), which additionally reduces powerusage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling theuser to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently.

In some embodiments, such as in FIG. 8R, in accordance with adetermination that the first respective representation 862 a of theplurality of respective representations 862 a-d has a current focus, theimage 864 is displayed with first information 866 a and 868 a,corresponding to the first respective representation 862 a, overlaid onthe image 864 (920) (e.g., the electronic device presents informationabout the auxiliary content that is presented in response to detectingselection of the first respective representation). For example, theelectronic device displays a title or description of the auxiliarycontent below the first respective representation when the firstrespective representation has the current focus. In some embodiments, inaddition to displaying the first information that corresponds to thefirst respective representation, the electronic device also presents afirst image (e.g., an icon or illustration) that corresponds to thefirst respective representation overlaid on the background image.

In some embodiments, such as in FIG. 8S, in accordance with adetermination that a second respective representation 862 b of theplurality of respective representations 862 a-d has the current focus,the image 864 is displayed with second information 866 b and 868 b,corresponding to the second respective representation 862 b, overlaid onthe image. In some embodiments, the electronic device presentsinformation about the auxiliary content that is presented in response todetecting selection of the second respective representation. Forexample, the electronic device displays a title or description of theauxiliary content below the second respective representation when thesecond respective representation has the current focus. In someembodiments, in addition to displaying the second information thatcorresponds to the second respective representation, the electronicdevice also presents a second image (e.g., an icon or illustration) thatcorresponds to the second respective representation overlaid on thebackground image.

The above-described manner of displaying information overlaid on theimage that corresponds to the respective representation that has thecurrent focus allows the electronic device to provide additionalinformation about the representation with the current focus prior todetecting selection of one of the representations, which simplifies theinteraction between the user and the electronic device and enhances theoperability of the electronic device and makes the user-device interfacemore efficient (e.g., by reducing the number of inputs needed to viewthe information about the respective representation that has the currentfocus), which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery lifeof the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronicdevice more quickly and efficiently.

In some embodiments, such as in FIG. 8S, the first representation 860 isan auxiliary content representation of a first type (e.g., therepresentation includes images and information presented in a firstarrangement), is located at a first location in the product page userinterface, and corresponds to first auxiliary content (924) (e.g., Inresponse to detecting selection of the first representation, theelectronic device optionally presents the first auxiliary content.).

In some embodiments, such as in FIG. 8Q, the product page user interfacefurther includes a second representation 848 b that is located at asecond location in the product page user interface (e.g., therepresentation includes images and information presented in a secondarrangement that is different from the first arrangement), wherein thesecond representation 858 b is an auxiliary content representation of asecond type, different than the first type, and corresponds to secondauxiliary content (926). In response to detecting selection of thesecond representation, the electronic device optionally presents thesecond auxiliary content. For example, the product page includes a firstrepresentation of first auxiliary content that includes a backgroundimage occupying the width of the product page with one selectable optionthat, when selected, causes the electronic device to display the firstauxiliary content at a location in the product page that is in between asection including information about the episodes of the content andbonus material of the content and includes a second representation ofauxiliary content that is within a horizontally scrollable row ofrepresentations of auxiliary content that is selectable to present thesecond auxiliary content and is located between the bonus contentsection of the product page and a section of the product page thatincludes representations of content that are related to the contentrepresented by the product page.

The above-described manner of including multiple representations ofauxiliary content in the product page user interface allows theelectronic device to enable the user to browse the representations ofauxiliary content from the product page user interface which simplifiesthe interaction between the user and the electronic device and enhancesthe operability of the electronic device and makes the user-deviceinterface more efficient (e.g., by reducing the inputs needed to browsethe representations of auxiliary content), which additionally reducespower usage and improves battery life of the electronic device byenabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly andefficiently.

In some embodiments, such as in FIG. 8L, the auxiliary content createdfor the respective content item is video content 852 that is playingwhen the auxiliary content user interface is displayed (928). In someembodiments, in response to detecting selection of the firstrepresentation, the electronic device begins playing a video.Optionally, the electronic device ceases displaying the product pageuser interface when it plays the video.

The above-described manner of presenting auxiliary video content inresponse to detecting selection of a representation of auxiliary contentdisplayed in the product page user interface allows the electronicdevice to enable browsing of the auxiliary video content from theproduct page user interface, which simplifies the interaction betweenthe user and the electronic device and enhances the operability of theelectronic device and makes the user-device interface more efficient(e.g., by reducing the number of inputs needed to play the video contentfrom the product page user interface), which additionally reduces powerusage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling theuser to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently.

In some embodiments, such as in FIG. 8L, while displaying, via thedisplay device 514, the video content 852 in the auxiliary content userinterface, the electronic device 500 receives (930), via the one or moreinput devices, an input including a contact 803 (e.g., a tap or click)detected on a touch-sensitive surface 451 of a remote control device510.

In some embodiments, such as in FIG. 8M, in response to receiving theinput including the contact detected on the touch-sensitive surface ofthe remote control device, the electronic device 500 displays (932), viathe display device 514, contextual information 856 and 858 about thevideo auxiliary content 852 and a progress bar 854 indicating playbackprogress through the video auxiliary content overlaid on the videoauxiliary content. In some embodiments, the contextual information ismetadata about the video content, such as a title, description, runtimeof the video, an indication of the content series to which the video isrelated, and the like. Optionally, in response to the contact, theelectronic device also displays an image related to the video contentoverlaid on the video content. In some embodiments, the progress bar isa scrubber bar that the user is able to select to change the currentplayback position within the auxiliary video content.

The above-described manner of displaying the contextual information andthe progress bar in response to detecting the tap while playing theauxiliary video content allows the electronic device to continue playingthe video while displaying the progress bar and contextual information,which simplifies the interaction between the user and the electronicdevice and enhances the operability of the electronic device and makesthe user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by reducing the amountof time it takes to finish the auxiliary video content and view theprogress bar and contextual information), which additionally reducespower usage and improves battery life of the electronic device byenabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly andefficiently.

In some embodiments, such as in FIG. 8P, while displaying, via thedisplay device 514, the video content 852 in the auxiliary content userinterface, the electronic device 500 receives (934), via the one or moreinput devices 510, an input corresponding to a request to navigate backto the product page user interface for the respective content item(e.g., selection of a “menu” button on a remote control device).

In some embodiments, such as in FIG. 8Q, in response to receiving theinput corresponding to the request to navigate back to the product pageuser interface for the respective content item (936), the electronicdevice 500 ceases (938) display of the auxiliary content user interface(e.g., the electronic device stops playing the auxiliary video content).

In some embodiments, such as in FIG. 8Q, in response to receiving theinput corresponding to the request to navigate back to the product pageuser interface for the respective content item (936), the electronicdevice 500 displays (940), via the display device, the product page userinterface for the respective content item, wherein the product page userinterface is scrolled to a portion of the product page user interfacethat includes the first representation 848 b (e.g., the firstrepresentation has the current focus). In some embodiments, whiledisplaying the first representation in the product page user interface,in response to detecting selection of the first representation, theelectronic device ceases to display the product page user interface andplays the auxiliary video content. Optionally, while playing theauxiliary video content, in response to detecting the input to navigatebackwards, the electronic device ceases playing the auxiliary videocontent and displays the first representation in the product page userinterface having the current focus.

The above-described manner of displaying the portion of the product pageincluding the first representation in response to detecting the input tonavigate back while presenting the auxiliary content user interfaceallows the electronic device to present the portion of the product pageuser interface the user was viewing before viewing the auxiliary contentuser interface in response to detecting the input to navigate backwards,which simplifies the interaction between the user and the electronicdevice and enhances the operability of the electronic device and makesthe user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by reducing the numberof inputs (e.g., scrolling inputs) needed to continue viewing theportion of the product page including the first representation afterselecting the option to navigate backwards), which additionally reducespower usage and improves battery life of the electronic device byenabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly andefficiently.

In some embodiments, such as in FIG. 8N, while displaying, via thedisplay device 514, the video content 852 in the auxiliary content userinterface, the electronic device 500 detects (942) that an end of thevideo auxiliary content has been reached (e.g., in response to detectingselection of the first representation, the electronic device displaysfirst auxiliary video content). Optionally, the electronic devicecontinues playing the first auxiliary video content until the end of thefirst auxiliary video content.

In some embodiments, such as in FIG. 8O, in response to detecting thatthe end of the video auxiliary content has been reached (944), theelectronic device 500 ceases (946) display of the auxiliary content userinterface.

In some embodiments, such as in FIG. 8O, in response to detecting thatthe end of the video auxiliary content has been reached (944), theelectronic device 500 displays (948), via the display device, theproduct page user interface for the respective content item, wherein theproduct page user interface is scrolled to a portion of the product pageuser interface that includes the first representation 848 b (e.g., thefirst representation has the current focus). In some embodiments, afterfinishing the first auxiliary video content, the electronic devicepresents the first representation in the product page user interface.

The above-described manner of displaying the portion of the product pageincluding the first representation in response to detecting the end ofthe video auxiliary content allows the electronic device to present theportion of the product page user interface the user was viewing beforeviewing the auxiliary content user interface in response to detectingthe end of the auxiliary video content, which simplifies the interactionbetween the user and the electronic device and enhances the operabilityof the electronic device and makes the user-device interface moreefficient (e.g., by reducing the number of inputs (e.g., scrollinginputs) needed to continue viewing the portion of the product pageincluding the first representation after finishing the video auxiliarycontent), which additionally reduces power usage and improves batterylife of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronicdevice more quickly and efficiently.

In some embodiments, such as in FIG. 8D, the auxiliary content userinterface 828 a includes a first full screen image 834 a (e.g., a stillimage or a motion image, such as an animation or video content) relatedto first auxiliary content for the respective content item, and a firstauxiliary content user interface element 832 a that includes informationrelated to the first auxiliary content that is overlaid on the firstfull screen image and has a current focus (950). In some embodiments,the electronic device presents text related to the first auxiliarycontent and a selectable option that, when selected, causes theelectronic device to present the first auxiliary content (e.g., videocontent or another auxiliary content user interface) overlaid on thefull screen image. The text and selectable option are optionallydisplayed in one of the corners of the background image.

The above-described manner of displaying the information overlaid on thefirst full screen image allows the electronic device to present theinformation and the full screen image at the same time, which simplifiesthe interaction between the user and the electronic device and enhancesthe operability of the electronic device and makes the user-deviceinterface more efficient (e.g., by reducing the number of inputs neededto view the full screen image and the information), which additionallyreduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic deviceby enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly andefficiently.

In some embodiments, such as in FIG. 8D, the first auxiliary contentuser interface element 832 a includes a selectable option 830 a that isselectable to display, via the display device 514, the first auxiliarycontent for the respective content item (952). In some embodiments, thefirst auxiliary content item is video content or another auxiliarycontent user interface. Optionally, the background image is related tothe first auxiliary content.

The above-described manner of concurrently displaying the selectableoption to display first auxiliary content while displaying theinformation about the first auxiliary content allows the electronicdevice to simplify the process to play the first auxiliary content afterreading the information about the first auxiliary content, whichsimplifies the interaction between the user and the electronic deviceand enhances the operability of the electronic device and makes theuser-device interface more efficient (e.g., by reducing the number ofinputs needed to watch the first auxiliary content during or after theuser reads the information about the first auxiliary content), whichadditionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of theelectronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device morequickly and efficiently.

In some embodiments, such as in FIG. 8E, while displaying the first fullscreen image 834 a related to the first auxiliary content, and the firstauxiliary content user interface element 832 a having the current focus,the electronic device receives (954), via the one or more input devices510, an input 803 corresponding to a request to navigate horizontally inthe auxiliary content user interface (e.g., a swipe input detected on atouch sensitive surface of a remote control device or anotherdirectional input).

In some embodiments, such as in FIG. 8F, in response to receiving theinput corresponding to the request to navigate horizontally in theauxiliary content user interface (956), the electronic device 500 ceases(958) display of the first full screen image 834 a such as in FIG. 8E.

In some embodiments, such as in FIG. 8F, in response to receiving theinput corresponding to the request to navigate horizontally in theauxiliary content user interface (956), the electronic device 500displays (960) a second full screen image 834 b related to secondauxiliary content for the respective content item, such as in FIG. 8F,wherein a second auxiliary content user interface element that includesinformation 836 b and 832 b related to the second auxiliary content isoverlaid on the second full screen image 834 b and has the currentfocus. In some embodiments, the electronic device navigates betweenfull-screen auxiliary content user interfaces that each includeinformation about a respective item of auxiliary content and aselectable option to display the respective auxiliary content overlaidon a respective full-screen image related to the respective auxiliarycontent in response to detecting the horizontal directional input.

The above-described manner of displaying the second full screen imagerelated to second auxiliary content in response to the request tonavigate horizontally allows the electronic device to navigate betweenauxiliary content user interfaces in response to horizontal directionalinputs, which simplifies the interaction between the user and theelectronic device and enhances the operability of the electronic deviceand makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by reducingthe number of inputs needed to navigate between the auxiliary contentuser interfaces compared to, for example, requiring the user to navigatebackward to select a different representation of auxiliary content onthe product page user interface), which additionally reduces power usageand improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the userto use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently.

In some embodiments, such as in FIG. 8E, while displaying the first fullscreen image 834 a related to the first auxiliary content, and the firstauxiliary content user interface element 832 a having the current focus,the electronic device 500 receives (962), via the one or more inputdevices, an input 803 corresponding to a request to navigatehorizontally in the auxiliary content user interface that is associatedwith a movement metric (e.g., the electronic device is able to detect aplurality of characteristics of a horizontal directional input, such asduration, length, speed, etc. of a horizontal swipe detected on atouch-sensitive surface of a remote control device). Based on thedetected characteristics of the horizontal directional input, theelectronic device either processes the input as a request to navigatehorizontally or as a non-navigational input.

In some embodiments, such as in FIG. 8E, in response to receiving theinput 803 corresponding to the request to navigate horizontally in theauxiliary content user interface (964) (e.g., the length, duration,speed, etc. of the swipe input correspond to a request to navigatehorizontally in the user interface), in accordance with a determinationthat the movement metric is greater than a threshold movement metric,the electronic device 500 ceases (966) display of the first full screenimage 834 a, such as in FIG. 8E, and displays a second full screen image834 b, such as in FIG. 8F, related to second auxiliary content for therespective content item. In some embodiments, in accordance with adetermination that the one or more characteristics correspond to arequest to navigate horizontally (e.g., greater than a threshold length,greater than a threshold duration, greater than a threshold speed,etc.), the electronic device processes the input as a request tonavigate horizontally and, in response to the input, navigateshorizontally in the user interface, such as by presenting the nextfull-screen auxiliary content user interface.

In some embodiments, such as in FIG. 8D, in accordance with adetermination that the movement metric is less than a threshold movementmetric (968) (e.g., the length, duration, speed, etc. of the swipe inputcorrespond to a non-navigational user input, such as being less than oneor more of the thresholds described above), the electronic device 500displays (970), on the first auxiliary content user interface element830 a, a visual indication 840 of the movement metric without ceasingdisplay of the first full screen image 834 a and displaying the secondfull screen image, such as in FIG. 8E. In some embodiments, inaccordance with a determination that the one or more characteristicscorrespond to a non-navigational user input (e.g., based on a size,duration, speed, etc. of the input), the electronic device presents avisual indication of the input overlaid on the selectable option that,when selected, causes the electronic device to present the firstauxiliary content that corresponds to the first auxiliary content userinterface. For example, the electronic device presents a visualhighlight (e.g., the appearance of a light shining on the userinterface) overlaid on the selectable option that moves in accordancewith the user input, or a tilting of the selectable option in accordancewith the input.

The above-described manner of navigating horizontally in response to arequest to navigate horizontally and presenting a visual indication ofthe movement without ceasing display of the first full screen image inresponse to an input that is not a navigation request allows theelectronic device to indicate to the user the location of the currentfocus in response to the non-navigational user input, which simplifiesthe interaction between the user and the electronic device and enhancesthe operability of the electronic device and makes the user-deviceinterface more efficient (e.g., by reducing the amount of time it takesto convey the result of making a selection in the user interface), whichadditionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of theelectronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device morequickly and efficiently.

In some embodiments, such as in FIG. 8E, the first full screen image 834a related to the first auxiliary content is one of a plurality of fullscreen images related to a plurality of items of auxiliary content forthe respective content item that can be navigated to from within theauxiliary content user interface (972) (e.g., the auxiliary content userinterface includes a plurality of full-screen pages that each include arespective background image and a respective selectable option that,when selected, causes the electronic device to present respectiveauxiliary content).

In some embodiments, such as in FIG. 8E, the auxiliary content userinterface includes, overlaid on the first full screen image 834 a, avisual indicator 838 a of a scroll position within the plurality of fullscreen images (974) (e.g., a pagination indicator that indicates therelative position of the currently-displayed full-screen image relativeto the plurality of full screen images).

In some embodiments, such as in FIG. 8F, in accordance with adetermination that a number 842 of the plurality of full screen imagesis less than a first threshold number 844 (e.g., 3, 5, 7), the visualindicator 838 b of the scroll position includes discrete scroll positionindicators that indicate the plurality of full screen images and acurrent scroll position within the plurality of full screen images (976)(e.g., the electronic device displays a plurality of visual indicatorsnext to one another (e.g., a row of dots) that each represent one of thefull screen images). In some embodiments, the visual indicatorrepresenting the full-screen image that is currently displayed ispresented with a visual characteristic (e.g., color, size, transparency)that is different form the visual characteristic of the other visualindicators.

In some embodiments, such as in FIG. 8G, in accordance with adetermination that the number 842 of the plurality of full screen imagesis greater than the first threshold number 844, the visual indicator 838c of the scroll position includes a continuous scroll position indicatorthat indicates the current scroll position within the plurality of fullscreen images (e.g., a scroll bar). In some embodiments, the position ofan indicator on the scroll bar corresponds to the relative position ofthe currently-displayed full-screen image relative to the otherfull-screen images in the plurality of full-screen images.

The above-described manner of presenting the visual indicator with thediscrete scroll position in response to determining that the number offull screen images is less than the threshold number and displaying thecontinuous scroll position indication in response to determining thatthe number of full screen images is greater than the threshold numberallows the electronic device to present the user with specificinformation about the number of full screen images when the number offull screen images is less than the threshold and present the user withan efficient indication of the relative position within the plurality offull screen images when the number of full screen images is greater thanthe threshold, which simplifies the interaction between the user and theelectronic device and enhances the operability of the electronic deviceand makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by presentingspecific information when the number of images is below the thresholdand presenting efficient information when the number of pages is abovethe threshold), which additionally reduces power usage and improvesbattery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use theelectronic device more quickly and efficiently.

In some embodiments, such as in FIG. 8H, in accordance with thedetermination that the number 842 of the plurality of full screen imagesis greater than the first threshold number 844, in accordance with adetermination that the number 842 of the plurality of full screen imagesis greater than a second threshold 846 (e.g., 20, 30, etc.), higher thanthe first threshold 844, the continuous scroll position indicator 838 dhas a first size (e.g., height, width, etc.).

In some embodiments, such as in FIG. 8G, in accordance with thedetermination that the number 842 of the plurality of full screen imagesis greater than the first threshold number 844, in accordance with adetermination that the number 842 of the plurality of full screen imagesis less than the second threshold 846, the continuous scroll positionindicator 838 c has a second size, greater than the first size. In someembodiments, in accordance with a determination that the number of theplurality of full screen images is greater than the second threshold,the scroll position indication is displayed at a smaller size and inaccordance with a determination that the number of plurality of fullscreen images is less than the second threshold, the scroll positionindicator is displayed at a larger size.

The above-described manner of displaying the scroll position indicatorat the first size in response to determining that the number of fullscreen images is greater than the second threshold and displaying thescroll position indicator at the second size in response to determiningthat the number of full screen images is less than the second thresholdallows the electronic device to present the indicator at a larger sizethat is easier to see when the number of full screen images is below thethreshold and present the indicator at a smaller size that makes therelative position easier to differentiate from page to page when thenumber of images is above the second threshold, which simplifies theinteraction between the user and the electronic device and enhances theoperability of the electronic device and makes the user-device interfacemore efficient (e.g., by increasing the legibility of the positionindicator which reduces the amount of time it takes for the user to readthe scroll position indicator), which additionally reduces power usageand improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the userto use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently.

In some embodiments, such as in FIG. 8T, the auxiliary content userinterface 870 includes a full screen image 872 a (e.g., still image,motion background, video background, etc.) related to the auxiliarycontent for the respective content item, and a plurality of respectiverepresentations 874 a-e that are selectable to display respectiveauxiliary content for the respective content item are overlaid over thefull screen image, one of the plurality of respective representationshaving a current focus (986). In some embodiments, in response todetecting selection of one of the respective representations, theelectronic device presents respective auxiliary content (e.g., a video,another auxiliary content user interface, etc.) corresponding to therepresentation. Each representation optionally includes one or more oftext and an image.

In some embodiments, such as in FIG. 8T, in accordance with adetermination that a first respective representation 874 a of theplurality of respective representations has the current focus, the fullscreen image 872 a is a first full screen image corresponding to firstrespective auxiliary content for the respective content item, whereinthe first respective representation 874 a is selectable to display thefirst respective auxiliary content (988) (e.g., the full screen imageover which the representations are overlaid corresponds to therepresentation that has the current focus of the electronic device).

In some embodiments, such as in FIG. 8U, in accordance with adetermination that a second respective representation 874 b of theplurality of respective representations has the current focus, the fullscreen image is a second full screen image 872 b corresponding to secondrespective auxiliary content for the respective content item, whereinthe second respective representation 874 b is selectable to display thesecond respective auxiliary content (990). In some embodiments, whilethe current focus is on the first representation, the electronic devicepresents a full-screen image corresponding to the first representation.In response to detecting an input to change the current focus to thesecond representation, the electronic device optionally changes thecurrent focus from the first representation to the secondrepresentation, ceases displaying the full screen image corresponding tothe first representation, and displays a full screen image correspondingto the second representation.

The above-described manner of displaying a full screen image thatcorresponds to the representation that has the current focus whiledisplaying the plurality of representations overlaid on the full screenimage allows the electronic device to display the full screen imagewithin the user interface that includes the plurality ofrepresentations, which simplifies the interaction between the user andthe electronic device and enhances the operability of the electronicdevice and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., byreducing the number of inputs needed to view the full screen imageassociated with the representation), which additionally reduces powerusage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling theuser to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently.

In some embodiments, such as in FIG. 8V, the auxiliary content userinterface includes (991) a first respective representation 882, of aplurality of respective representations 882 and 880 a-e that areselectable to display respective auxiliary content for the respectivecontent item, that is selectable to display first respective auxiliarycontent for the respective content item, wherein the first respectiverepresentation 880 has a first size (e.g., a relatively large size) andhas a current focus (992). In some embodiments, the first respectiverepresentation has a width that is the width of the auxiliary contentuser interface. Optionally, when the electronic device initiallypresents the auxiliary content user interface, the first respectiverepresentation has the current focus. In some embodiments, in responseto detecting selection of the first respective representation, theelectronic device displays first respective auxiliary content (e.g.,video content or another auxiliary content user interface).

In some embodiments, such as in FIG. 8V, the auxiliary content userinterface includes (991) a remainder of the plurality of respectiverepresentations 880 a-e that are selectable to display respectiveauxiliary content for the respective content item, wherein the remainderof the plurality of respective representations 880 a-e have a secondsize, smaller than the first size (994). In some embodiments, theremainder of the plurality of respective representations are displayedin a row vertically adjacent to the first respective representation. Inresponse to detecting selection of one of the remainder of the pluralityof respective representations, the electronic device presents respectiveauxiliary content (e.g., video content or another auxiliary content userinterface).

The above-described manner of concurrently displaying the firstrespective representation and the second respective representationsallows the electronic device to enable the user to view the first andsecond representations without entering a user input to navigate betweenuser interfaces that include the various representations, whichsimplifies the interaction between the user and the electronic deviceand enhances the operability of the electronic device and makes theuser-device interface more efficient (e.g., by reducing the inputsneeded to browse the representations of auxiliary content items), whichadditionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of theelectronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device morequickly and efficiently.

In some embodiments, such as in FIG. 8V, in accordance with adetermination that the first respective representation 878 a has thecurrent focus, animating the first respective representation 879 a (996)(e.g., displaying an animated or video version of an image included inthe first respective representation when the first respectiverepresentation has the current focus).

In some embodiments, such as in FIG. 8W, in accordance with adetermination that the first respective representation 882 does not havethe current focus, ceasing animating the first respective representation882 (998). In some embodiments, the electronic device displays the firstrespective representation with a still version of the image included inthe first respective representation when a respective representationother than the first respective representation has the current focus.

The above-described manner of animating the first representation whenthe first representation has the current focus and ceasing to animatethe first representation when the first representation no longer has thecurrent focus allows the electronic device to play and pause theanimation of the first representation within the auxiliary content userinterface in response to a change in the current focus, which simplifiesthe interaction between the user and the electronic device and enhancesthe operability of the electronic device and makes the user-deviceinterface more efficient (e.g., by reducing the number of inputs neededto play and pause the animation of the first respective representation),which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of theelectronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device morequickly and efficiently.

In some embodiments, such as in FIG. 8W, in accordance with adetermination that a second respective representation 880 a of theplurality of respective representations has the current focus, forgoinganimating the second respective representation 880 a. In someembodiments, the first representation animates when it has the currentfocus but the remaining second respective representations do not animatein response to the input focus moving to one of the second respectiverepresentations

The above-described manner of forgoing animating the second respectiverepresentation in response to determining that the second respectiverepresentation has the current focus allows the electronic device toforgo loading an animation corresponding to the second representation,which reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronicdevice by reducing the number of operations that need to be performedwhen the user moves the input focus from the first respectiverepresentation to the second respective representation.

It should be understood that the particular order in which theoperations in FIGS. 9A-9H have been described is merely exemplary and isnot intended to indicate that the described order is the only order inwhich the operations could be performed. One of ordinary skill in theart would recognize various ways to reorder the operations describedherein. Additionally, it should be noted that details of other processesdescribed herein with respect to other methods described herein (e.g.,methods 700, 1100, and 1300) are also applicable in an analogous mannerto method 900 described above with respect to FIGS. 9A-9H. For example,the ways of presenting representations of auxiliary content describedabove with reference to method 900 optionally have one or more of thecharacteristics of the ways of presenting representations of items ofcontent, presenting representations of content based on the contentconsumption history of the user account, presenting representations ofbonus content items, etc., described herein with reference to othermethods described herein (e.g., methods 700, 1100, and 1300). Forbrevity, these details are not repeated here.

The operations in the information processing methods described aboveare, optionally, implemented by running one or more functional modulesin an information processing apparatus such as general purposeprocessors (e.g., a as described with respect to FIGS. 1A-1B, 3, 5A-5Cor application specific chips. Further, the operations described abovewith reference to FIGS. 9A-9H are, optionally, implemented by componentsdepicted in FIGS. 1A-1B. For example, displaying operations 902, 910,and 932 and receiving operations 904, 930, and 934 are, optionally,implemented by event sorter 170, event recognizer 180, and event handler190. When a respective predefined event or sub-event is detected, eventrecognizer 180 activates an event handler 190 associated with thedetection of the event or sub-event. Event handler 190 optionallyutilizes or calls data updater 176 or object updater 177 to update theapplication internal state 192. In some embodiments, event handler 190accesses a respective GUI updater 178 to update what is displayed by theapplication. Similarly, it would be clear to a person having ordinaryskill in the art how other processes can be implemented based on thecomponents depicted in FIGS. 1A-1B.

Presenting Representations of Collections of Episodic Content

Users interact with electronic devices in many different manners,including using an electronic device to browse collections of episodiccontent. In some embodiments, an electronic device is able to presentrepresentations of collections of episodic content. The embodimentsdescribed below provide ways in which an electronic device customizesthe representations of episodic content based on the content consumptionhistory of the user. Enhancing interactions with a device reduces theamount of time needed by a user to perform operations, and thus reducesthe power usage of the device and increases battery life forbattery-powered devices. It is understood that people use devices. Whena person uses a device, that person is optionally referred to as a userof the device.

FIGS. 10A-10S illustrate exemplary ways in which an electronic device500 presents a content browsing user interface that is customized basedon the user's content consumption history in accordance with someembodiments of the disclosure. The embodiments in these figures are usedto illustrate the processes described below, including the processesdescribed with reference to FIGS. 11A-11G.

One or more of the user interfaces shown in FIGS. 10A-10S areillustrated as being presented within a web browser application. In someembodiments, one or more user interfaces are displayed in a contentapplication or another application other than a web browser. It isunderstood that the examples described below can be implemented withinor outside of a web browser application.

FIGS. 10A-10C illustrate a content browsing user interface when the useris not signed into a user account associated with a content provider ofthe content featured (included) in the content browsing user interface.

FIG. 10A illustrates the top of a scrollable user interface for browsingcollections of episodic content. The user interface includes a headerregion 1002 that includes a selectable option 1004 that, when selected,causes the electronic device 500 to initiate a process to sign into auser account associated with the content provider of the items ofcontent presented in the content browsing user interface. The userinterface further includes a top region 1006 that has an indication 1008of the content provider and a selectable option 1010 to sign into a useraccount associated with the content provider overlaid on a backgroundimage 1012. The background image 1012 is an animated or otherwise movingimage that includes content related to a plurality of the collections ofepisodic content available via the content provider. For example, thebackground image 1012 is a marketing image with images and/or clips fromcontent available via the content provider meant to entice the user tosubscribe to the content provider. The user interface further includes ascroll bar 1014.

As shown in FIG. 10A, the user selects (e.g., with cursor 1001) thescroll bar 1014 to drag the scroll bar 1014 down to scroll the userinterface down. In response to the user's scrolling, the electronicdevice 500 displays a portion of the user interface that includes arepresentation 1026 a of one of the collections of episodic contentavailable from the content provider, as shown in FIG. 10B. In someembodiments, the user is able to scroll to any point in the userinterface, including a location between representations of content. Insome embodiments, in response to a scrolling input, the electronicdevice 500 “snaps” the user interface to a location that includes onerepresentation of content.

In FIG. 10B, the electronic device presents the representation 1026 a ofthe collection of episodic content. The representation 1026 a includesan indication 1016 a of the name of the collection of content, a summary1018 a of the collection of content, a selectable option 1020 a to signinto an account of the content provider to watch the content, and aselectable option 1022 a to navigate to a product page user interface ofthe collection of episodic content that includes additional informationabout the collection of episodic content overlaid on an image 1024 athat represents the collection of episodic content. The header 1002region including the option 1004 to sign into a user account associatedwith the content provider remains displayed at the top of the userinterface when the user scrolls the user interface. As shown in FIG.10B, the user scrolls down in the user interface by selecting (e.g.,with cursor 1001) the scroll bar 1014 and moving it down.

In response to the user's scrolling including the scrolling illustratedin FIG. 10B, the electronic device 500 displays a section of the userinterface with additional information about logging into the contentprovider, as shown in FIG. 10C. The information includes an indication1030 of the content provider, a selectable option 1032 that, whenselected, causes the electronic device 500 to present additionalinformation about the content provider, and an image 1034 of electronicdevices using the content provider. Again, the header region 1002including the option 1004 to sign into a user account associated withthe content provider continues to be displayed at the top of the userinterface.

Thus, as shown in FIGS. 10A-10C, the electronic device 500 displays acontent browsing user interface when the user is not signed into a useraccount associated with a content provider of the content featured inthe content browsing user interface.

FIGS. 10D-10F illustrate the electronic device presenting the top 1006of the content user interface when the user is logged into the contentprovider (e.g., after the user logs in from the user interfaces shown inFIGS. 10A-10C).

As shown in FIG. 10D, the top region 1006 of the user interface includesinformation about a collection of content the user account haspreviously watched using the content provider. Once the user account issigned into the content provider, the header region 1002 includes aselectable representation 1048 of the user account that is selectable toview information about the user account. The header region 1002continues to be displayed in the top of the user interface as the userscrolls the user interface.

In FIG. 10D, the user has previously watched content included in onecollection of content available from the content provider (and has notwatched content from other collections of episodic content availablefrom the content provider). The electronic device 500 presents anindication 1036 a of the name of the collection of content the user haspreviously watched, a selectable option 1040 a that, when selected,causes the electronic device 500 to present the next item in thecollection of content, and information 1042 a about the next episode inthe collection of content overlaid on an image 1038 a that correspondsto the next episode in the collection of content. As shown in FIG. 10D,the next episode is the third episode in the collection of content,meaning the user has previously watched the first and second episodes.The image 1038 a is optionally a still or motion image that representsthe next episode in the collection of content.

FIG. 10E illustrates the top region 1006 of the user interface when theuser has watched multiple collections of content from the contentprovider. The top region 1006 of the user interface includes informationabout a series of content including an episode the user has partiallywatched. The information includes an indication 1036 c of the collectionof content, a selectable option 1040 c to resume playback of the episodefrom the previous playback position, information 1042 c of the episodethe user has partially watched, and an indication 1044 of the playbackprogress of the episode overlaid on an image 1038 c that represents theepisode the user partially watched. The electronic device 500 alsodisplays navigation arrows 1046 a and 1046 b that, when selected, causesthe electronic device 500 to display information about anothercollection of content the user has previously watched from the contentprovider. As shown in FIG. 10E, the user selects (e.g., with cursor1001) one of the options 1046 b to display a representation of anothercollection of content.

In response to the user's selection in FIG. 10F, the electronic device500 presents information about another collection of content the userhas watched from the content provider. The information includes elements1036 d, 1038 d, 10340 d, and 1042 d that correspond to elements 1036 a,1038 a, 10340 a, and 1042 a described above with reference to FIG. 10D.As shown in FIG. 10F, the user selects (e.g., with cursor 1001) thescroll bar 1014 and drags the scroll bar down to scroll the userinterface.

Thus, as shown in FIGS. 10D-10F, the electronic device 500 presentsinformation about content the user has watched in the top region 1006 ofthe user interface when the user is logged into a user account of thecontent provider.

FIGS. 10G-10L illustrate ways the electronic device 500 presentsinformation about collections of content available from the contentprovider while the user is logged into the user account of the contentprovider.

FIG. 10G illustrates a representation 1026 a of a series of content thatthe electronic device 500 presents in response to the user's scrollingin FIG. 10F. In some embodiments, the user is able to scroll to anylocation in the user interface, including a location between the topregion 1006 and representation 1026 a and in some embodiments, inresponse to the scrolling input, the electronic device “snaps” the userinterface to a location that includes the entire representation 1026 a.As shown in FIG. 10G, the representations 1026 a consumes the width ofthe user interface and the height of the user interface excluding theheader region 1002. Thus, in some embodiments in which the electronicdevice 500 “snaps” the scrolling position to discrete scrollingpositions, the discrete scrolling positions are positions at which arepresentation of an item of content fills the space of the userinterface that is not the header region 1002. Returning to FIG. 10G, theuser has not yet watched the collection of content, so the electronicdevice 500 presents the representation 1026 a toward the top of the userinterface.

The representation 1026 a includes an indication 1016 a of thecollection of content, a synopsis 1018 a of the collection of content, aselectable option 1028 a that, when selected, causes the electronicdevice 500 to play the first episode in the collection of content, and aselectable option 1022 a that, when selected, causes the electronicdevice 500 to display a user interface with information about thecollection of content overlaid on an image 1024 a that represents thecollection of content. Because the user has not watched the contentseries before, the image 1024 a is an image related to the wholecollection of content. As shown in FIG. 10G, the user selects (e.g.,with cursor 1001) the scroll bar 1014 to drag the scroll bar to scrollthe user interface.

After scrolling through one or more representations of collections ofcontent the user has not previously watched, the user reaches a part ofthe user interface that includes representations of collections ofcontent the user has watched previously. In other words, after the topregion of the user interface that includes horizontally scrollablerepresentations of content the user has previously viewed, theelectronic device presents representations of content the user has notyet viewed before presenting representations of the content the user haspreviously viewed in the vertically scrollable section of the userinterface.

In response to one or more scrolling inputs including the scrollingillustrated in FIG. 10G, the electronic device 500 presents the nextrepresentation 1024 b of a collection of content, as shown in FIG. 10H.The representation 1024 b includes similar elements to therepresentation illustrated in FIG. 10G. The representation includes aselectable option 1028 b that, when selected, causes the electronicdevice to present the next episode in the collection of content based onthe user's content consumption history. As shown in FIG. 10H, theelectronic device 500 presents an image 1024 b that is related to thenext episode in the collection of content because the user has partiallywatched the collection of content. For example, if the user has watchedepisodes 1-3, the selection of option 1028 b causes the device todisplay episode 4, and the image 1024 b is an image of episode 4.

As shown in FIG. 10H, the user selects (e.g., with cursor 1001) thescroll bar 1014 to scroll the user interface down. In response to theuser's scrolling, the electronic device 500 presents the representation1026 c of the next collection of content, as shown in FIG. 10I.

As shown in FIG. 10I, the representation 1026 c includes similarelements as the representation 1026 a described above with reference toFIG. 10G. The user has watched the collection of content and previouslypartially watched an episode in the collection of content. Therepresentation 1026 c includes an option 1028 c that is selectable toresume playback of the episode from the last playback position and anindication 1044 of the playback progress within the episode (and anoption 1022 c that is selectable to display a product page userinterface for the collection of content). The representation 1024 cincludes an image 1024 c that represents the episode the user haspartially watched. The user uses the cursor 1001 to select the scrollbar 1014 to scroll down in the user interface again.

In response to scrolling including the user's scrolling illustrated inFIG. 10I, the electronic device 500 presents the next representation ofa collection of content, as shown in FIG. 10J.

The representation illustrated in FIG. 10J is of a collection of contentof which the user has previously watched all of the available episodes.Thus, the representation of the collection of content includes aselectable option 1028 d that, when selected, causes the electronicdevice 500 to present the first episode of the collection of content toenable the user to watch the collection of content again (e.g., from afirst episode of the collection of content). The representation includesan image 1024 d that represents the collection of content. The user usesthe cursor 1001 to select the scroll bar 1014 to scroll down in the userinterface again.

After the user scrolls through all of the collections of content thatare not marketed towards kids, the user reaches a portion of the userinterface that includes representations of collections of content thatare marketed towards kids. In other words, all of the content items notmarketed towards kids are presented first, then all of the content itemsmarketed towards kids are presented. In some embodiments, the contentmarketed towards kids has a parental control rating below apredetermined age threshold (e.g., 6, 8, 10, 13 years old) and thecontent not marketed towards kids has a parental control rating abovethe predetermined age threshold.

As shown in FIG. 10K, in response to scrolling including the scrollingillustrated in FIG. 10J, the electronic device 500 presents arepresentation of a collection of content marketed towards kids. Therepresentation includes elements that are similar to the representationdescribed above with reference to FIG. 10G. Because the user has watchedpart of the collection of content, the representation includes an option1028 e that, when selected, causes the electronic device 500 to play thenext episode in the collection based on the user's content consumptionhistory. The user uses the cursor 1001 to select the scroll bar 1014 toscroll down in the user interface again.

In FIG. 10L, the electronic device 500 presents a representation ofanother collection of content marketed towards kids. The representationincludes elements that are similar to the representation described abovewith reference to FIG. 10G. Because the user has watched part of thecollection of content, the representation includes an option 1028 gthat, when selected, causes the electronic device 500 to play the nextepisode in the collection based on the user's content consumptionhistory. Generally speaking, representations of kid's content optionallyinclude similar elements to representation of content not marketedtowards kids, such as including a contextual option to play the contentbased on the content consumption history of the user. For example, whenviewing a representation of an item of content marketed towards kidsthat the user has not watched before, the representation includes aselectable option to play the first episode in the collection ofcontent, similar to option 1028 a illustrated in FIG. 10G. As anotherexample, when viewing a representation of an item of content marketedtowards kids that the user has previously watched and left off part waythrough an episode, the representation includes a selectable option toresume playback of the episode in the collection of content, similar tooption 1028 c illustrated in FIG. 10I.

Thus, as shown in FIGS. 10G-10L, the electronic device 500 presentsinformation about collections of content available from the contentprovider while the user is logged into the user account of the contentprovider.

As shown in FIG. 10L, the user selects (e.g., with cursor 1001) theoption 1022 g to view the product page user interface corresponding tothe collection of content shown in FIG. 10L (e.g., TV Show G). Inresponse to the user's selection, the electronic device 500 displays theproduct page user interface related to the collection of content.

FIGS. 10M-10O illustrate the product page user interface withinformation about a collection of content available from the contentprovider. Although the product page is illustrated as being presented inresponse to detecting selection of option 1022 g, it should beunderstood that the electronic device 500 is able to present similarproduct pages corresponding to a respective content item in response todetecting selection of any option 1022 within any representation of arespective content item.

As shown in FIG. 10M, in response to the user's selection in FIG. 10L,the electronic device 500 displays the product page user interface. Theproduct page user interface includes an indication 1050 of thecollection of content, a summary 1056 of the collection of content,information 1058 about the cast and crew of the collection of content, aselectable option 1028 g that, when selected, causes the electronicdevice 500 to play the next episode in the collection of content, and aselectable option 1052 that, when selected, causes the electronic device500 to add the collection of content to a playback queue of theelectronic device 500 overlaid on an image 1054 that represents the nextepisode in the collection of content. The image 1054 is a still ormotion image representing the next episode of the collection of contentbased on the content consumption history of the user account that isselected in a manner similar to the manner of selecting the backgroundimage of a product page described above with reference to FIGS. 6S-6Xand 6AA-6EE. As shown in FIG. 10M, the user selects and drags the scrollbar with cursor 1001 to scroll the user interface down.

As shown in FIG. 10N, in response to the user's scrolling including thescrolling illustrated in FIG. 10M, the electronic device 500 presentspart of the product page user interface that includes representations(e.g., images) 1060 a-c of episodes of the collection of content thatare selectable to play the respective episode. The user interface alsoincludes representations (e.g., text) 1062 a-c of descriptions of theepisodes that are selectable to display an episode page including moreinformation about the respective episode, as will be described in moredetail below with reference to FIGS. 10O-10Q. When the user scrolls tothis episodes section of the product page user interface, therepresentation 1060 a of the current episode based on the user's contentconsumption history is presented beneath a current episode indication1064. The electronic device 500 presents options 1046 a-b tohorizontally scroll the representations 1060 a-c and 1062 a-c to viewrepresentations of other episodes in the collection of content. As shownin FIG. 10N, the user selects (e.g., with cursor 1001) one of theoptions 1046 a to scroll the representations 1060 and 1062.

In response to the user's selection in FIG. 10N, the electronic devicescrolls the representations 1060 and 1062, as shown in FIG. 10O. Thescrolling includes moving the indication 1064 of the current episode sothat it remains above the representations 1060 a of the current episode.The scrolling causes the electronic device 500 to reveal representations1060 d and 1062 d that were not displayed in FIG. 10N.

Thus, as shown in FIG. 10M-10O, the electronic device 500 displays aproduct page including information about the collection of contentavailable from the content provider.

As shown in FIG. 10O, the user selects (e.g., with cursor 1001) arepresentation 1062 a of information about an episode in the collectionof content. In response to the user's selection in FIG. 10O, theelectronic device 500 presents an episode page related to the selectedepisode in the collection of content, as shown in FIGS. 10P-10Q.

FIG. 10P illustrates the episode page related to the episode thatcorresponds to the representation of information selected by the user inFIG. 10O. The episode page includes an image 1066 representing theepisode, an indication 1068 of the series of content to which theepisode belongs, the title 1070 of the episode, a summary 1072 of theepisode, and a selectable option 1074 that, when selected, causes theelectronic device 500 to play the episode. If the episode has beenpartially watched, the electronic device displays a selectable option toresume playback of the episode at the last playback position in place ofthe option 1074 to play the episode from the beginning. The episode pagefurther includes a row 1076 of representations of bonus content of theepisode that are each selectable to play the respective item of bonuscontent related to the episode. As shown in FIG. 10P, the user selects(e.g., with cursor 1001) the scroll bar 1014 to scroll the userinterface down.

As shown in FIG. 10Q, in response to the user's scrolling in FIG. 10P,the electronic device 500 presents another part of the episode page thatincludes information 1078 about the episode, such as release date,studio, languages, subtitles, and accessibility information.

FIGS. 10R-10S illustrate the presentation of representations ofcollections of content on another electronic device 500 b (e.g., theuser interfaces described with reference to FIGS. 10A-10Q). It should beunderstood that both electronic devices 500 and 500 b are able topresent user interfaces similar to all of the user interfaces describedherein. In some embodiments, in response to receiving a scrolling input,the electronic device 500 b scrolls the user interface either to adiscrete location that includes a full representation of an item ofcontent or to any location in the user interface, including locationsbetween representations of items of content. In some embodiments,electronic device 500 allows for continuous scrolling and electronicdevice 500 b allows for discrete scrolling only. As the user scrolls theuser interface, the header region 1002 including the option 1048 to viewinformation about the user account continues to be displayed at the topof the user interface.

As shown in FIG. 10R, the electronic device 500 b displays arepresentation of a collection of content (e.g., such as at the top of acontent user interface that displays information about collections ofepisodic content available from a given content provider, such asdescribed above with reference to FIG. 10D-10F or within another part ofthe user interface, such as in FIGS. 10G-10L). The representationincludes an indication of the collection of content 1082 a, a selectableoption 1084 a that, when selected, causes the electronic device 500 toplay the first episode in the collection of content, a selectable option1086 a that, when selected, causes the electronic device 500 to presenta product page user interface related to the collection of content, anda summary 1088 a of the collection of content overlaid on an image 1080a that represents the collection of content. The user scrolls (e.g.,with contact 1003) the user interface down to reveal the nextrepresentation of a different collection of content illustrated in FIG.10S.

FIG. 10S illustrates the next representation of a collection of contentavailable from the content provider. The representation includes similarelements to the representation illustrated in FIG. 10R. As shown in FIG.10S, the representation includes a selectable option 1084 b that, whenselected, causes the electronic device 500 to play the next episode inthe content collection based on the user's content consumption history.The representation also includes an image 1080 b corresponding to thenext episode in the collection of content based on the user's contentconsumption history.

FIGS. 11A-11G are flow diagrams illustrating a method 1100 of presentinga content browsing user interface that is customized based on the user'scontent consumption history in accordance with some embodiments of thedisclosure. The method 1100 is optionally performed at an electronicdevice such as device 100, device 300, device 500, device 501, device510, and device 511 as described above with reference to FIGS. 1A-1B,2-3, 4A-4B and 5A-5C. Some operations in method 1100 are, optionallycombined and/or order of some operations is, optionally, changed.

As described below, the method 1100 provides ways to present a contentbrowsing user interface that is customized based on the user's contentconsumption history. The method reduces the cognitive burden on a userwhen interacting with a user interface of the device of the disclosure,thereby creating a more efficient human-machine interface. Forbattery-operated electronic devices, increasing the efficiency of theuser's interaction with the user interface conserves power and increasesthe time between battery charges.

In some embodiments, such as in FIG. 10A, an electronic device 500 incommunication with a display device 514 and one or more input devices(e.g., a mobile device (e.g., a tablet, a smartphone, a media player, ora wearable device) including a touch screen, a computer including one ormore of a keyboard, mouse, trackpad, and touch screen and incommunication with a display, or a set-top box in communication with adisplay and a remote control device), displays (1102), via the displaydevice 514, a user interface for a respective content provider, whereinthe user interface includes a plurality of representations of aplurality of content items available for viewing on the electronicdevice from the respective content provider (e.g., the user interfaceincludes a first region, described below, and a region other than thefirst region that includes the plurality of representations of aplurality of content items). Optionally, each representation of arespective content item includes text and/or an image indicating therespective content item, such as the title of the respective contentitem and a description of the respective content item. In someembodiments, the image indicating the respective content item isoptionally a still/motion background corresponding to the user'splayback progress of the respective content item. For example, if theuser has not watched any episodes of a series of episodic content, themotion background is related to the entire series of content, and if theuser has watched one or more episodes of the episodic content, themotion background is related to the next episode of the series ofcontent. In some embodiments, each representation of an item of contentfurther includes an option that, when selected, causes the electronicdevice to play the content and another option that, when selected,causes the electronic device to present a product page user interfacefor the content that includes information about the content. Optionally,the option to play the content includes text that indicates whichportion of the content will be played in response to selection of theoption. For example, if the user has not started watching a series ofepisodic content, the option includes a play button and the text “firstepisode”. As another example, if the user has watched one or moreepisodes of the episodic content and has not watched one or moreepisodes of the episodic content, the option includes a play button andthe text “next episode”. As another example, if the user is partwaythrough watching a movie or partway through watching an episode of theseries of episodic content, the option includes the text “resume”. Insome embodiments, the product page user interface of the respectivecontent item includes information about the content item, such as asynopsis, cast and crew, parental control information, release date, andthe like. The product page optionally further includes one or moreselectable options to play the respective content item, including one ormore selectable options to play respective episodes of a series ofepisodic content. In some embodiments, the product page further includesone or more selectable options that, when selected, present auxiliarycontent related to the respective content item according to one or moresteps of method 900. In some embodiments, the representation of eachrespective content item occupies the entire display area of the userinterface and the user is able to scroll the user interface to view therepresentation of a different item of content.

In some embodiments, such as in FIG. 10A, in accordance with adetermination that the electronic device is not signed into therespective content provider, a first region 1006 of the user interfaceincludes information 1012 about a plurality of featured content itemsfrom the respective content provider (1104) (e.g., a sizzle reel thatincludes highlights from or previews of content items available from therespective content provider, selected independent of a viewing activityof a user of the electronic device from the respective contentprovider). In some embodiments, the sizzle reel comprises motionimage(s) and/or video content related to the content items availablefrom the respective content provider. Optionally, the sizzle reelincludes one or more still images related to the content items availablefrom the respective content provider. In some embodiments, when theelectronic device is not signed into the respective content provider,the first region of the user interface includes a selectable optionthat, when selected, causes the electronic device to initiate a processfor logging in to the respective content provider. For example, the useris able to enter an account user name and a password associated with auser account with the content provider. In some embodiments, in responseto detecting entry of a valid user name and password, the electronicdevice signs into the respective content provider and is granted accessto the content provider. Optionally, the information about the pluralityof featured content items from the respective content provider occupiesthe full display area of the user interface and the user is able toscroll the user interface to view other plurality of representations ofcontent items available for viewing on the electronic device from therespective content provider.

In some embodiments, such as in FIG. 10D, in accordance with adetermination that the electronic device is signed into the respectivecontent provider (1106) (e.g., the electronic device is signed into auser account associated with the respective content provider, thusgaining access to the respective content provider), in accordance with adetermination that a user of the electronic device has viewed a firstcontent item from a first collection of episodic content from therespective content provider, such as in FIG. 10D, the first region 1006of the user interface includes a first representation 1038 acorresponding to the first collection of episodic content (e.g., with astill image background of the tv show, a motion image background of thetv show, etc.), wherein the first representation includes a selectableoption 1040 a for displaying, via the display device, a second contentitem from the first collection of episodic content (1108) (e.g., if theuser has viewed the first episode but not the second episode of the tvshow, the first representation includes an image from and a button towatch the second episode of the tv show). In some embodiments, the firstrepresentation corresponding to the first collection of episodic furtherincludes text indicating the title of the series of episodic content,text indicating the episode number (e.g., including a season number andepisode number), and text indicating the title of the episode.Optionally, if the user has partially watched an episode in the seriesof content, the first representation includes a progress bar indicatingthe current playback position in the episode and a selectable option forresuming playback of the episode. Optionally, the first representationoccupies the full display area of the user interface and the user isable to scroll the user interface to view the plurality ofrepresentations of content items available for viewing on the electronicdevice from the respective content provider.

The above-described manner of presenting the information about thefeatured content items when the electronic device is not signed into therespective content provider and presenting the first representationcorresponding to the first collection of episodic content when theelectronic device is signed into the respective content provider allowsthe electronic device to present the first representation in adesignated location in the user interface, which simplifies theinteraction between the user and the electronic device and enhances theoperability of the electronic device and makes the user-device interfacemore efficient (e.g., by reducing the number of inputs needed to locatethe representation of the first collection of episodic content, such asby scrolling the user interface), which additionally reduces power usageand improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the userto use the electronic device more quickly and efficiency.

In some embodiments, such as in FIG. 10E, in accordance with thedetermination that the electronic device is signed into the respectivecontent provider (1110), in accordance with the determination that theuser of the electronic device has viewed the first content item from thefirst collection of episodic content from the respective contentprovider (1112) (e.g., an episode in a first series of episodic content,such as or similar to a TV show), in accordance with a determinationthat a user of the electronic device has viewed a first content itemfrom a second collection of episodes content from the respective contentprovider (e.g., an episode in a second series of episodic content, suchas or similar to a TV show), a second representation 1038 dcorresponding to the second collection of episodic content isdisplayable in the first region 1006 of the user interface, such as inFIG. 10F, wherein the second representation includes a selectable option1040 d for displaying, via the display device, a second content itemfrom the second collection of episodic content (1114). In someembodiments, the representation corresponding to the first collection ofepisodic content includes a selectable option that, when selected,causes the electronic device to display the representation correspondingto the second collection of episodic content. Optionally, eachrepresentation of a respective series of content that is displayed inthe first region of the user interface includes a selectable option toview the next second representation such that the user is able to scrollthrough representations of each series of content from which they havewatched an item of content. In some embodiments, if the user has onlywatched one series of content from the content provider, the electronicdevice only presents the representation of the series the user haswatched in the region of the user interface designated forrepresentations of content the user has watched, and the representationdoes not include the selectable options for scrolling therepresentations of content the user has watched.

The above-described manner of presenting a selectable option fordisplaying the second representation corresponding to the secondcollection of episodic content within the first representationcorresponding to the first collection of episodic content allows theelectronic device to enable the user to browse representations ofcontent series from which the user has viewed items of content withinthe first region of the user interface, which simplifies the interactionbetween the user and the electronic device and enhances the operabilityof the electronic device and makes the user-device interface moreefficient (e.g., by reducing the number of inputs needed to locate therepresentations of the series of content the user has watched before),which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of theelectronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device morequickly and efficiently.

In some embodiments, such as in FIG. 10E, while displaying, in the firstregion 1006, the first representation corresponding to the firstcollection of episodic content without displaying, in the first region1006, the second representation corresponding to the second collectionof episodic content (e.g., the electronic device displays onerepresentation at a time), the electronic device receives (1116), viathe one or more input devices, an input directed to the first region1006 of the user interface that corresponds to a request to navigatehorizontally in the first region of the user interface (e.g., an inputto display the representation of the second collection of episodiccontent).

In some embodiments, such as in FIG. 10F, in response to receiving theinput directed to the first region 1006 of the user interface thatcorresponds to the request to navigate horizontally in the first region(1118), the electronic device 500 ceases (1120) display, in the firstregion 1006, the first representation.

In some embodiments, such as in FIG. 10F, in response to receiving theinput directed to the first region of the user interface thatcorresponds to the request to navigate horizontally in the first region(1118), the electronic device 500 displays (1122), in the first region1006, the second representation. In some embodiments, the electronicdevice displays one representation at a time. In some embodiments, eachrepresentation occupies the entirety of a portion of the user interfacefor browsing representations of content. Optionally, the portion of theuser interface for browsing the representations of content excludes aheader region in which a representation of the user account isdisplayed.

The above-described manner of displaying one representation of arespective collection of episodic content at a time allows theelectronic device to display more information within eachrepresentation, which simplifies the interaction between the user andthe electronic device and enhances the operability of the electronicdevice and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., byincreasing the amount of information about the respective collection ofepisodic content that is visible to the user within the first region ofthe user interface), which additionally reduces power usage and improvesbattery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use theelectronic device more quickly and efficiently.

In some embodiments, such as in FIG. 10E, in accordance with thedetermination that the electronic device is signed into the respectivecontent provider (1124), in accordance with a determination that theuser of the electronic device 500 has partially viewed the first contentitem from the first collection of episodic content (e.g., the userstarted playing the episode from the collection of episodic content andplayed the content to a playback position that is not the end of thecontent), the first region 1006 of the user interface includes a secondrepresentation corresponding to the first content item, wherein thesecond representation includes a selectable option 1040 c for resumingplayback, via the display device, of the first content item from thefirst collection of episodic content (1126). In response to detectingselection of the selectable option for resuming playback, the electronicdevice presents the content from the playback position at which the userlast left off. Optionally, the representation includes an indication ofthe playback progress of the item of content.

The above-described manner of displaying the option to resume playbackwithin the second representation of the collection of episodic contentallows the electronic device to display the option to resume playback ofcontent the user was watching within the first region of the userinterface, which simplifies the interaction between the user and theelectronic device and enhances the operability of the electronic deviceand makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by reducingthe number of inputs needed to resume playback of content the user beganwatching), which additionally reduces power usage and improves batterylife of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronicdevice more quickly and efficiently.

In some embodiments, such as in FIG. 10F, while displaying, via thedisplay device, the first region 1006 of the user interface, theelectronic device 500 receives (1128), via the one or more inputdevices, an input corresponding to a request to scroll through the userinterface (e.g., an input to vertically scroll the user interface). Insome embodiments, an input to horizontally scroll the user interfacewhile displaying the first region of the user interface causes theelectronic device to display a different representation in the firstregion of the user interface and an input to vertically scroll the userinterface causes the electronic device to cease displaying the firstregion and to instead display a second region of the user interface.

In some embodiments, such as in FIG. 10G, in response to receiving theinput corresponding to the request to scroll through the user interface,the electronic device 500 scrolls (1130) through the user interface toreveal, in a second region of the user interface, a plurality ofrepresentations of collections of episodic content available from therespective content provider (e.g., the electronic device displays onerepresentation at a time that occupies the entire visible portion of thesecond region of the user interface, where the user is able to scrollvertically from one representation to another), wherein the plurality ofrepresentations of the collections of episodic content includerespective first selectable options 1028 that are selectable to displayrespective content from the collections of episodic content (e.g., inresponse to detecting selection of a respective first selectable option,the electronic device plays the respective content), and respectivesecond selectable options 1022 that are selectable to display respectiveuser interfaces dedicated to the respective collections of episodiccontent. In some embodiments, in response to detecting selection of arespective second selectable option, the electronic device presents aproduct page user interface of the respective collection of episodiccontent. The product page user interface optionally includes informationabout the respective collection of episodic content, representations ofthe episodes of the collection of episodic content, and one or moreselectable options to play the content.

The above-described manner of presenting an option to play the contentand an option to view a product page user interface of the contentwithin the representation of the content allows the electronic device toconcurrently present options to view more information about a respectivecollection of episodic content or play the respective collection ofepisodic content, which simplifies the interaction between the user andthe electronic device and enhances the operability of the electronicdevice and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., byreducing the number of inputs to either view the content or viewinformation about the content), which additionally reduces power usageand improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the userto use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently.

In some embodiments, such as in FIG. 10I, the plurality ofrepresentations of the collections of episodic content includes a firstrespective representation corresponding to a first respective collectionof episodic content, the user of the electronic device has partiallywatched a given content item from the first respective collection ofepisodic content, and the first selectable option 1028 c included in thefirst respective representation is selectable to resume playback of thegiven content item (1132). In response to detecting selection of thefirst respective representation, the electronic device resumes playbackof the content item from a playback position at which the user last leftoff.

The above-described manner of presenting the option to resume playbackof the content item within the representation allows the electronicdevice to automatically select the last playback position as theplayback position at which playback will commence in response todetecting selection of the option, which simplifies the interactionbetween the user and the electronic device and enhances the operabilityof the electronic device and makes the user-device interface moreefficient (e.g., by reducing the number of inputs needed to play thecontent from the last playback position), which additionally reducespower usage and improves battery life of the electronic device byenabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly andefficiently.

In some embodiments, such as in FIG. 10H, the plurality ofrepresentations of the collections of episodic content includes a firstrespective representation corresponding to a first respective collectionof episodic content, the user of the electronic device has watched afirst content item from the first respective collection of episodiccontent (e.g., the user has watched one of the episodes in thecollection of episodic content), and the first selectable option 1028 bincluded in the first respective representation is selectable to play asecond content item, following the first content item, in the firstrespective collection of episodic content (1134). In some embodiments,if the user has fully watched one or more episodes from the collectionof episodic content, the electronic device displays an option that, whenselected, causes the electronic device to play the next episode in thecollection of episodic content. For example, if the user has watchedepisodes 1-3 of a respective collection of episodic content, in responseto detecting selection of the first selectable option, the electronicdevice begins playing the fourth episode in the collection. Theabove-described manner of presenting the option to play the next episodein the collection of episodic content allows the electronic device toautomatically select the next episode as the episode that will play inresponse to detecting selection of the option, which simplifies theinteraction between the user and the electronic device and enhances theoperability of the electronic device and makes the user-device interfacemore efficient (e.g., by reducing the number of inputs needed to playthe next episode in the collection), which additionally reduces powerusage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling theuser to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently.

In some embodiments, such as in FIG. 10J, the plurality ofrepresentations of the collections of episodic content includes a firstrespective representation corresponding to a first respective collectionof episodic content, the user of the electronic device has watched everycontent item in the first respective collection of episodic content, andthe first selectable option 1028 d included in the first respectiverepresentation is selectable to play a first content item in the firstrespective collection of episodic content (1136). In some embodiments,the first selectable option includes an indication that the user hasalready watched all of the episodes in the collection of episodiccontent, such as the text “watch again,” and selection of the firstselectable option causes the electronic device to play the first episodeof the content series from the beginning of the first episode.

The above-described manner of displaying an option to watch thecollection of episodic content from the beginning of the collection ifthe user has already watched all episodes in the collection allows theelectronic device to play the collection again from the beginning inresponse to detecting selection of the option, which simplifies theinteraction between the user and the electronic device and enhances theoperability of the electronic device and makes the user-device interfacemore efficient (e.g., by reducing the number of inputs needed to replaythe collection from the beginning), which additionally reduces powerusage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling theuser to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently.

In some embodiments, such as in FIG. 10E, in accordance with adetermination that a representation corresponding to a given collectionof episodic content is included in the first region 1006 in the userinterface (e.g., the user has watched content from that collection ofepisodic content, and thus the user is able to horizontally scroll to arepresentation of the collection of content in the first region of theuser interface), a representation corresponding to the given collectionof episodic content is located at a first position in the second regionin the user interface, such as in FIG. 10I (1138) (e.g., towards thebottom of the vertically scrollable second region of the userinterface).

In some embodiments, such as in FIG. 10G, in accordance with adetermination that the representation corresponding to the givencollection of episodic content is not included in the first region inthe user interface (e.g., the user has not yet watched the givencollection of episodic content), the representation corresponding to thegiven collection of episodic content is located at a second position(e.g., towards the top of the vertically scrollable second region of theuser interface), different than the first position, in the second regionin the user interface (1140). In some embodiments, the electronic devicepresents representations of collections of the content the user haswatched before in the first region of the user interface, which ishorizontally scrollable and presents additional representations of thosecollections towards the bottom of the vertically scrollable secondregion of the user interface. Optionally, representations of collectionsof content the user has not yet watched are not displayed in the firstregion of the user interface but are displayed towards the top of thesecond region of the user interface (e.g., in between the first regionand the lower representations of collections of episodic content thatthe user has already watched).

The above-described manner of displaying representations of collectionsof content that are included in the first region of the user interfacein a first position in the second region of the user interface anddisplaying representations of collections of content that are notincluded in the first region of the user interface in a second positionin the second region of the user interface allows the electronic deviceto reduce the number of inputs needed to locate the representations inthe first region via horizontal scrolling and reduce the number ofinputs needed to locate the representations in the second region viavertical scrolling, which simplifies the interaction between the userand the electronic device and enhances the operability of the electronicdevice and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., byreducing the number of inputs needed to locate a respectiverepresentation of a respective collection of content), whichadditionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of theelectronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device morequickly and efficiently.

In some embodiments, such as in FIG. 10A, in accordance with thedetermination that the electronic device is not signed into therespective content provider, the first region 1002 includes a selectableoption 1004 that is selectable to initiate a process to sign into therespective content provider (1142) (e.g., by displaying a user interfaceinto which the user is able to enter credentials (e.g., username and/orpassword) for logging into the content provider, and unlocking access tothe content available from that content provider). In some embodiments,the selectable option is displayed in a header region of the userinterface that is included in the first region of the user interface.

The above-described manner of presenting the selectable option to loginto the account in the first region of the user interface if the useris not logged in allows the electronic device to present the option tolog in at a location in the user interface that is easily located by theuser, which simplifies the interaction between the user and theelectronic device and enhances the operability of the electronic deviceand makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by reducingthe amount of time it takes the user to log in), which additionallyreduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic deviceby enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly andefficiently.

In some embodiments, such as in FIG. 10A, while displaying the firstregion 1006 including the selectable option 1004 that is selectable toinitiate the process to sign into the respective content provider, theelectronic device 500 receives (1144), via the one or more inputdevices, an input corresponding to a request to scroll through the userinterface (e.g., a user input to vertically scroll the user interface tocease displaying the first region of the user interface and begindisplaying another region of the user interface).

In some embodiments, such as in FIG. 10B, in response to receiving theinput corresponding to the request to scroll through the user interface(1146), the electronic device 500 scrolls (1148) through the userinterface such that the first region 1006 is no longer displayed via thedisplay device while maintaining display, via the display device, of theselectable option 1004 that is selectable to initiate the process tosign into the respective content provider. In some embodiments, theheader region that includes the selectable option that is selectable toinitiate the process to sign into the respective content providerpersists as the user scrolls the user interface. For example, the headerregion is always displayed at the top of the user interface. In responseto detecting selection of the selectable option, the electronic deviceoptionally presents a login user interface at which the user is able toprovide user account information to the content provider to log into auser account that entitles the user to view content from the contentprovider.

The above-described manner of maintaining display of the option to signinto the user account while scrolling the user interface allows theelectronic device to display the option to sign into the user accountwhile the user browses the content provider user interface, whichsimplifies the interaction between the user and the electronic deviceand enhances the operability of the electronic device and makes theuser-device interface more efficient (e.g., by reducing the number ofinputs needed to sign into the account while browsing the contentprovider user interface), which additionally reduces power usage andimproves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user touse the electronic device more quickly and efficiently.

In some embodiments, such as in FIG. 10A, while displaying the firstregion 1006 including the selectable option that is selectable toinitiate the process to sign into the respective content provider, theelectronic device 500 receives (1150), via the one or more inputdevices, an input corresponding to a request to scroll through the userinterface (e.g., a user input to vertically scroll the user interface tocease displaying the first region and to instead display another regionof the user interface).

In some embodiments, such as in FIG. 10C, in response to receiving theinput corresponding to the request to scroll through the user interface(1152), the electronic device 500 scrolls (1154) through the userinterface to reveal, in a second region in the user interface, arepresentation that includes information 1030 about signing into therespective content provider (e.g., information about how to subscribe tothe content provider, information about an application that presentscontent available via the content provider, etc.) and a secondselectable option 1032 that is selectable to initiate the process tosign into the respective content provider. In some embodiments, theinformation about signing into the respective content provider ispresented at the bottom of the user interface. The user interfaceoptionally includes one or more representations of items of contentaccessible via the content provider. In some embodiments, after the userscrolls past the all of the representations of content items, theelectronic device displays information about content provider. Theabove-described manner of displaying the information about signing intothe respective content provider and the option to initiate the processto sign into the respective content provider allows the electronicdevice to simplify the process for signing into the content providerafter scrolling through the user interface, which simplifies theinteraction between the user and the electronic device and enhances theoperability of the electronic device and makes the user-device interfacemore efficient (e.g., by reducing the number of inputs needed to signinto the user account after scrolling through the user interface), whichadditionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of theelectronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device morequickly and efficiently.

In some embodiments, such as in FIGS. 10G-10J, the user interfaceincludes (1156) representations of content available from the respectivecontent provider that have a first set of one or more content ratingsabove a first scroll position in the user interface (1160) (e.g.,collections of content items that are not specifically marketed towardschildren are displayed towards the top of the user interface, or moregenerally, content that has a parental/content rating within a firstrange of content ratings).

In some embodiments, such as in FIGS. 10K-10L, the user interfaceincludes (1156) representations of content available from the respectivecontent provider that have a second set of one or more content ratings,different than the first set of one or more ratings, below the firstscroll position in the user interface (1162). In some embodiments,collections of content items that are specifically marketed towardschildren are displayed towards the bottom of the user interface, or moregenerally, content that has a parental/content rating within a secondrange of content ratings, different than the first range. All of thecontent with the second set of ratings is optionally displayed below allof the content with the first set of ratings. The above-described mannerof presenting the representations of content items with the first set ofone or more content ratings above the first scroll position andpresenting representations of content items with a second set of one ormore content ratings below the first scroll position allows theelectronic device to group representations of content items with similarcontent ratings together in the user interface, which simplifies theinteraction between the user and the electronic device and enhances theoperability of the electronic device and makes the user-device interfacemore efficient (e.g., by reducing the number of inputs to browse contentitems with the desired content rating), which additionally reduces powerusage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling theuser to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently.

In some embodiments, such as in FIG. 10L, while displaying the userinterface, the electronic device 500 receives (1164), via the one ormore input devices, an input corresponding to a request to display aproduct page user interface for a given collection of episodic content(e.g., the product page user interface includes additional informationabout the collection of episodic content, such as episodes, relatedcontent, bonus content, how to watch the content, a summary of thecontent, and the like).

In some embodiments, such as in FIG. 10M, in response to receiving theinput corresponding to the request to display the product page userinterface (1166), the electronic device 500 ceases (1168) display of theuser interface.

In some embodiments, such as in FIG. 10N, in response to receiving theinput corresponding to the request to display the product page userinterface (1166), the electronic device 500 displays (1170), via thedisplay device, the product page user interface for the given collectionof episodic content, wherein the product page user interface for thegiven collection of episodic content includes an episodes region thatincludes a plurality of representations 1160 a-c of a plurality ofepisodes included in the given collection of episodic content (e.g.,selectable representations to display the respective episodes). In someembodiments, the representations of the episodes included in the givencollection of episodic content are displayed in a horizontallyscrollable row in the product page user interface. In some embodiments,the electronic device also displays a row of representations ofinformation about the respective episodes in the collection of contentthat horizontally scrolls with the row of representations of theepisodes.

In some embodiments, such as in FIG. 10N, in response to receiving theinput corresponding to the request to display the product page userinterface (1166), in accordance with a determination that the user ofthe electronic device has fully viewed a first set of episodes in thecollection of episodic content (e.g., the subset of the episodes thatthe user has viewed), a first respective representation 1060 a of afirst respective episode, subsequent to the first set of episodes (e.g.,the next episode), is displayed at a first position in the episodesregion of the product page user interface (e.g., the leftmost positionin the section of the episodes row that is initially visible when theuser scrolls to the episodes row of the product page user interface),the first respective representation 1060 b is displayed with a visualindication 1064 that the first respective episode is a current episodefor viewing in the given collection of episodic content (e.g., the text“currently watching” is displayed over the representation of the nextepisode), and representations of the first set of episodes are notdisplayed in the episodes region (1172) (e.g., the representations ofthe first set of episodes are displayed in response to detecting aninput to scroll to the left in the episodes row). In some embodiments,representations of one or more episodes after the first respectiveepisode are displayed to the right of the first respectiverepresentation of the first respective episode.

In some embodiments, in response to receiving the input corresponding tothe request to display the product page user interface (1166), inaccordance with a determination that the user of the electronic devicehas fully viewed a second set of episodes in the collection of episodiccontent (e.g., the subset of the episodes that the user has viewed), asecond respective representation of a second respective episode,subsequent to the second set of episodes (e.g., the next episode), isdisplayed at the first position in the episodes region of the productpage user interface (e.g., the leftmost position in the section of theepisodes row that is initially visible when the user scrolls to theepisodes row of the product page user interface), the second respectiverepresentation is displayed with the visual indication that the secondrespective episode is the current episode for viewing in the givencollection of episodic content (e.g., the text “currently watching” isdisplayed over the representation of the next episode), andrepresentations of the second set of episodes are not displayed in theepisodes region (1174). For example, a representation of a differentepisode would be displayed in the position of representation 1060 a inFIG. 10N with the indication 1064 above the representation. In someembodiments, the representations of the second set of episodes aredisplayed in response to detecting an input to scroll to the left in theepisodes row. In some embodiments, representations of one or moreepisodes after the first respective episode are displayed to the rightof the first respective representation of the first respective episode.

The above-described manner of displaying the indication of the nextepisode above the representation of the next episode, and ofautomatically initially putting the current focus on that next episodewhen vertically scrolling through the user interface, allows theelectronic device to indicate to the user which episode is next whilethe user views the row of representations of the episode and providesfor a quick and efficient way for the user to start playback of the nextepisode (e.g., simply by selecting the episode with the current focuswithout having to change the focus first), which simplifies theinteraction between the user and the electronic device and enhances theoperability of the electronic device and makes the user-device interfacemore efficient (e.g., by making it easier for the user to determine thenext episode so the user is able to select the representation of thenext episode to keep watching the collection of content), whichadditionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of theelectronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device morequickly and efficiently.

In some embodiments, such as in FIG. 10N, while displaying the episodesregion of the product page user interface with the first respectiverepresentation 1060 a of the first respective episode displayed in thefirst position in the episodes region and the representations of thefirst set of episodes not displayed in the episodes region (e.g., theelectronic device displays a representation of the next episode at thestart of the row of episodes and does not display the representations ofthe one or more episodes already watched by the user), and while thefirst respective representation 1060 a has the current focus and isdisplayed with the visual indication 1064 (e.g., the text “currentlyplaying” above the first respective representation), the electronicdevice 500 receives (1176), via the one or more input devices, an input(1001) corresponding to a request to navigate horizontally in theproduct page user interface (e.g., a request to reveal a representationof an episode that is not currently displayed by the electronic device,such as a leftward scroll to scroll to an off-screen representation tothe left of the next episode representation).

In some embodiments, such as in FIG. 10O, in response to receiving theinput corresponding to the request to navigate horizontally in theproduct page user interface (1178), the electronic device 500 displays(1180) the first respective representation 1060 a in a second positionin the episodes region, wherein the first respective representation 1060a is displayed with the visual indication 1064 (e.g., in response to aninput scrolling to the left to reveal one or more representations of theepisodes the user has previously watched, the electronic device movesthe representation of the next episode to the right). Optionally, thevisual indication moves to be displayed in association with therepresentation of the next episode.

In some embodiments, such as in FIG. 10O, in response to receiving theinput corresponding to the request to navigate horizontally in theproduct page user interface (1178), the electronic device displays(1182), in the first position in the episodes region, a third respectiverepresentation 1060 d of a third respective episode in the first set ofepisodes, wherein the third respective representation 1060 d has thecurrent focus. In response to the input to scroll the episodes row, theelectronic device displays (reveals) a representation of an episode theuser has already watched at the beginning of the episodes row (e.g., theposition in the row that was previously occupied by the next episoderepresentation).

The above-described manner of continuing the display the firstrespective representation with the visual indication allows theelectronic device to indicate to the user which episode is next whilethe user views the row of representations of the episode, whichsimplifies the interaction between the user and the electronic deviceand enhances the operability of the electronic device and makes theuser-device interface more efficient (e.g., by making it easier for theuser to determine the next episode so the user is able to select therepresentation of the next episode to keep watching the collection ofcontent), which additionally reduces power usage and improves batterylife of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronicdevice more quickly and efficiently.

It should be understood that the particular order in which theoperations in FIGS. 11A-11G have been described is merely exemplary andis not intended to indicate that the described order is the only orderin which the operations could be performed. One of ordinary skill in theart would recognize various ways to reorder the operations describedherein. Additionally, it should be noted that details of other processesdescribed herein with respect to other methods described herein (e.g.,methods 700, 900, and 1300) are also applicable in an analogous mannerto method 1100 described above with respect to FIGS. 11A-11G. Forexample, the ways of presenting representations of content based on thecontent consumption history of the user account described above withreference to method 1100 optionally have one or more of thecharacteristics of the ways of presenting representations of items ofcontent, presenting representations of auxiliary content, presentingrepresentations of bonus content items, etc., described herein withreference to other methods described herein (e.g., methods 700, 900, and1300). For brevity, these details are not repeated here.

The operations in the information processing methods described aboveare, optionally, implemented by running one or more functional modulesin an information processing apparatus such as general purposeprocessors (e.g., a as described with respect to FIGS. 1A-1B, 3, 5A-5Cor application specific chips. Further, the operations described abovewith reference to FIGS. 11A-11G are, optionally, implemented bycomponents depicted in FIGS. 1A-1B. For example, displaying operations1102, 1122, and 1168 and receiving operations 1116, 1128, and 1144 are,optionally, implemented by event sorter 170, event recognizer 180, andevent handler 190. When a respective predefined event or sub-event isdetected, event recognizer 180 activates an event handler 190 associatedwith the detection of the event or sub-event. Event handler 190optionally utilizes or calls data updater 176 or object updater 177 toupdate the application internal state 192. In some embodiments, eventhandler 190 accesses a respective GUI updater 178 to update what isdisplayed by the application. Similarly, it would be clear to a personhaving ordinary skill in the art how other processes can be implementedbased on the components depicted in FIGS. 1A-1B.

Presenting Representations of Bonus Content Items

Users interact with electronic devices in many different manners,including using an electronic device to browse bonus content itemsassociated with a respective series of episodic content. In someembodiments, an electronic device is able to present representations ofbonus content items in a user interface for the respective series ofepisodic content. The embodiments described below provide ways in whichan electronic device selects which representations of bonus contentitems to display and the order in which the representations are to bedisplayed in the user interface for the respective series of episodiccontent. Enhancing interactions with a device reduces the amount of timeneeded by a user to perform operations, and thus reduces the power usageof the device and increases battery life for battery-powered devices. Itis understood that people use devices. When a person uses a device, thatperson is optionally referred to as a user of the device.

FIGS. 12A-12CC illustrate exemplary ways in which an electronic device500 presents representations of bonus content items in a user interfacefor a respective series of episodic content in accordance with someembodiments of the disclosure. The embodiments in these figures are usedto illustrate the processes described below, including the processesdescribed with reference to FIG. 13.

FIGS. 12A-12D illustrate exemplary ways in which an electronic device500 displays representations 1226 of bonus content items andrepresentations 1222 of trailers associated with a series of episodiccontent when the user of the electronic device has not yet watched theseries of episodic content and/or is not yet entitled to access theseries of episodic content. In some embodiments, the representations1222 and 1226 are displayed within a product page user interface 1202associated with the series of episodic content. As will be described inmore detail below, the product page user interface 1202 optionallyincludes information about the series of episodic content and selectableoptions that, when selected, cause the electronic device 500 to initiatea process to access the series of episodic content and bonus content andtrailers associated with the series. In some embodiments, the productpage user interface is presented in accordance with one or more steps ofmethods 700, 900, and/or 1100 described above.

The series of episodic content is optionally made accessible to a uservia a subscription to a subscription service (e.g., a content streamingservice, a television provider, etc.). In some embodiments, inaccordance with a determination that the user is not entitled to accessthe series of episodic content, the product page user interface 1202includes one or more selectable options 1210 a that, when selected,cause the electronic device 500 to initiate a process to entitle theuser to access the series (e.g., a process to subscribe to thesubscription service). Although the user is not yet entitled to accessthe series of episodic content, the product page user interface 1202optionally includes information related to the series of episodiccontent, which may entice the user to subscribe to the subscriptionservice to gain access to the series of episodic content. In someembodiments, one or more episodes in the series of episodic content areaccessible to the user without a subscription, and a subscription isneeded to access the remaining episodes in the series and/or some of thebonus content associated with the series.

FIG. 12A illustrates a product page user interface 1202 associated witha series of episodic content (e.g., “TV Show A”) that the user of theelectronic device 500 has not yet watched and is not currently entitledto access. The product page user interface 1202 includes an image 1206 arelated to the series, an indication 1208 of the subscription servicethat entitles the user to access the series, a selectable option 1210 athat, when selected, causes the electronic device 500 to initiate aprocess to access the series, a selectable option 1212 that, whenselected, causes the electronic device 500 to initiate a process to addone or more episodes in the series to a playback queue of the user, andmetadata 1214 a associated with the series.

The image 1206 a is optionally a still image or video content related tothe entire series, the entire first season of the series, or the firstepisode of the series. The selectable option 1210 a that, when selected,causes the electronic device 500 to initiate a process to access theseries is optionally selectable to initiate a process to subscribe tothe service that provides access to the series. In some embodiments,initiating a subscription includes starting a free trial period of thesubscription service or initiating a paid subscription to the service.Metadata 1214 a optionally includes information about the series such asa synopsis of the series, genre, release date, parental guidance rating,audio/video format, accessibility information, runtime of the firstepisode, and the like.

In FIG. 12A, selectable option 1210 a is currently selected (e.g., hasthe current focus) in the user interface 1202, as indicated by thedashed box shown around selectable option 1210 a (which is optionallydisplayed or not displayed in the user interface). As shown in FIG. 12A,the user swipes (e.g., with contact 1203) down to scroll the productpage user interface 1202 down. In response to the input illustrated inFIG. 12A, the electronic device 500 scrolls the user interface 1202 asshown in FIG. 12B.

FIG. 12B illustrates a portion of the product page user interface 1202that includes a row of representations 1216 of episodes in the seriesand a row of associated descriptions 1218 of each episode. The portionof the product page user interface illustrated in FIG. 12B is similar tothe portion of the product page user interface described above withreference to FIGS. 8B and 10N-10O. This portion of the product page userinterface is optionally displayed in accordance with one or more stepsof methods 900 and 1100.

The representations 1216 are selectable to initiate a process to accessthe respective episode in the series. Because the user of the electronicdevice 500 is not entitled to access the series of episodic content,selecting a representation 1216 optionally causes the electronic device500 to initiate a process to subscribe to the subscription service thatprovides access to the series. In some embodiments, one or more of theepisodes are accessible without a subscription and selecting arepresentation 1216 of one of these episodes causes the electronicdevice 500 to present the episode. The associated descriptions 1218 areselectable to present an episode page user interface associated with arespective episode, as will be described in more detail below at leastwith reference to FIGS. 12E-12F.

As shown in FIG. 12B, the user swipes (e.g., with contact 1203) down toscroll the product page user interface 1202 down. In response todetecting the user input illustrated in FIG. 12B, the electronic device500 scrolls the product page user interface 1202 down, as shown in FIG.12C.

FIG. 12C illustrates a portion of the product page user interface 1202that includes a row 1220 of representations 1222 of trailers associatedwith the series of episodic content and a row 1224 of bonus contentitems associated with the series of episodic content. Because the userhas not yet watched the series of episodic content, the trailer row 1220is displayed above the bonus content row 1224. In some situations, theuser of the electronic device 500 may be more likely to want to viewtrailers associated with the series of episodic content than bonuscontent associated with the series of episodic content when they havenot yet started watching the series.

Each representation 1222 of a trailer includes an image corresponding tothe trailer and metadata associated with the trailer, including one ormore of a respective episode with which the trailer is associated, thetitle of the trailer, the runtime of the trailer, the release date ofthe trailer, the parental guidance rating of the trailer, or anindication of the video format of the trailer. For example,representation 1222 a includes an image, an indication of an episode(e.g., “season 1 episode 6”), a title (e.g., “Episode 6: trailer”), aruntime (e.g., “0:37”), a release date (e.g., “Oct. 25, 2019”), aparental guidance rating (e.g., “TV-14’), and an indication of the videoformat (e.g., “HD”) of the trailer. Each respective representation 1222is selectable to access (e.g., play via display 514) the respectivetrailer associated with the respective selected representation.

Although the representations 1222 illustrated in FIG. 12C each indicatethat the respective trailer is associated with a particular episode ofthe series of episodic content, in some embodiments, the series ofepisodic content is associated with one or more trailers associated withthe entire series or an entire season of the series of episodiccontent—in such embodiments, such representations 1222 would optionallybe displayed with an indication of the series (e.g., “TV Show A”) or anindication of the season (e.g., “Season 1”) rather than an indication ofa particular episode. As shown in FIG. 12C, the representations 1222 ofthe trailers are displayed in reverse-chronological order based on therelease date of the trailers. The representations 1222 of the trailersare optionally displayed in reverse chronological order irrespective ofwhether or not the user has watched the series of episodic content,whether or not the user is entitled to access the series of episodiccontent, the playback position of the user within the series of episodiccontent, and/or the association of each trailer with a particularepisode, a particular season, or the entire series of episodic content.In some embodiments, the trailer row 1220 is horizontally scrollable toreveal additional representations of trailers not displayed prior toreceiving the scrolling input.

Each representation 1226 of a bonus content item includes an imagecorresponding to the bonus content item and metadata associated with thebonus content item, including one or more of a respective episode orseason with which the bonus content item is associated, the title of thebonus content item, the runtime of the bonus content item, the releasedate of the bonus content item, the parental guidance rating of thebonus content item, or an indication of the video format of the bonuscontent item. For example, representation 1226 a includes an image, anindication that the bonus content item is associated with the firstseason of the series (e.g., “season 1”), a title (e.g., “An interviewwith . . . ”), a runtime (e.g., “5:21”), a release date (e.g., “Oct. 10,2019”), a parental guidance rating (e.g., “TV-14’), and an indication ofthe video format (e.g., “HD”) of the bonus content item. Each respectiverepresentation 1226 is selectable to access (e.g., play via display 514)the respective bonus content item associated with the respectiveselected representation.

As shown in FIG. 12C, some bonus content items are associated withparticular seasons of the episodic content (e.g., the bonus contentitems corresponding to representations 1226 a and 1226 b) and some bonuscontent items are associated with particular episodes of the series ofepisodic content (e.g., the bonus content items corresponding torepresentations 1226 c and 1226 d). As shown in FIG. 12C, therepresentations 1226 a and 1226 b of the bonus content items associatedwith the entire season of episodic content are displayed before (e.g.,to the left of) the representations 1226 c and 1226 d of bonus contentitems associated with a respective episode of the series of episodiccontent, because the user has not yet watched the series of episodiccontent. In some embodiments, the bonus content row 1224 is horizontallyscrollable to reveal additional representations of bonus content itemsnot displayed prior to receiving the scrolling input.

As shown in FIG. 12C, the user swipes (e.g., with contact 1203) up toscroll the product page user interface 1202 up. In response to one ormore user inputs including the input illustrated in FIG. 12C, theelectronic device 500 scrolls the product page user interface up, asshown in FIG. 12D. As shown in FIG. 12D, the user selects (e.g., withcontact 1203) the associated description 1218 of the first episode ofthe series of episodic content.

In response to the input illustrated in FIG. 12D, the electronic device500 presents an episode page user interface 1204 illustrated in FIG.12E. FIGS. 12E-12F illustrate ways in which the electronic device 500displays representations of bonus content items in an episode page userinterface when the user is not entitled to access the series of episodiccontent and has not yet watched the series of episodic content, inaccordance with some embodiments.

FIG. 12E illustrates an episode page user interface 1204 for the firstepisode of the series of episodic content. The episode page userinterface 1204 is similar to the episode page user interface describedabove with reference to FIGS. 10P-10Q. In some embodiments, the episodepage user interface is displayed in accordance with one or more steps ofmethod 1100. The episode page user interface 1204 includes an image 1228a corresponding to the first episode, an indication 1230 a of theservice that provides access to the series of episodic content, aselectable option 1232 a that, when selected, causes the electronicdevice 500 to initiate a process to access the episode, and information1234 a about the episode.

The image 1228 a optionally includes a still image and/or video contentcorresponding to the first episode. The selectable option 1232 aoptionally causes the electronic device to initiate a process tosubscribe to the subscription service that provides the series ofepisodic content in response to detection of selection of the option1232 a, because the user is not yet subscribed to the subscriptionservice. In some embodiments, the process to subscribe to thesubscription service includes initiating a free trial subscription orconfiguring a paid subscription to the service. Information 1234 aoptionally includes a synopsis of the episode, a runtime of the episode,parental guidance rating, audio/video format, accessibility information,release date, and the like.

FIGS. 12E-12F illustrate an episode page user interface 1204 thatincludes representations of bonus content items in accordance with someembodiments. As shown in FIG. 12E, the user swipes (e.g., with contact1203) down to cause the electronic device 500 to scroll the userinterface 1204 down. In response to one or more inputs including theinput illustrated in FIG. 12E, the electronic device 500 scrolls theepisode page user interface 1204 down as shown in FIG. 12F.

FIG. 12F illustrates a portion of the episode page user interface 1204that includes a row 1236 of representations 1226 of bonus content itemsassociated with the first episode of the series of episodic content andan indication 1238 of how to access the episode.

The representations 1226 of bonus content items are displayed with therepresentations 1226 c and 1226 d of bonus content items related only tothe first episode first in the bonus content row 1236, followed byrepresentations 1226 a and 1226 b of bonus content items related to theentire season that includes the first episode. The representations 1226are described in more detail above with reference to FIG. 12C. As shownin FIG. 12F, the episode page user interface does not includerepresentations of bonus content items related only to episodes otherthan the first episode.

The episode page user interface 1204 further includes an indication 1238of how to watch the episode. The episode is available through the “TV+”streaming service, so the product page user interface includes arepresentation 1238 of the streaming service that, when selected, causesthe electronic device 500 to initiate a process to subscribe to thestreaming service (e.g., starting a free trial or initiating a paidsubscription).

Thus, FIGS. 12A-12F illustrate ways the electronic device 500 presentsrepresentations of bonus content items when the user has not startedwatching the series of episodic content and/or is not entitled to theservice that provides access to the series in accordance with someembodiments.

FIGS. 12G-12L illustrate ways the electronic device 500 presentsrepresentations of bonus content items when the user is entitled to theservice that provides access to the series of episodic content but hasnot watched the series of episodic content. FIGS. 12G-12J illustrate aproduct page user interface 1202 for the series of content when the useris entitled to the service that provides access to the series of contentbut has not yet watched the series of content.

FIG. 12G illustrates a portion of the product page user interface 1202that is the same portion of the product page user interface 1202 as theportion of the product page user interface 1202 illustrated in FIG. 12A,except for the differences that will now be described. The product pageuser interface 1202 includes a selectable option 1210 b that, whenselected, causes the electronic device 500 to initiate playback (e.g.,via display 514) of the first episode in the series of episodic contentwithout initiating a process to subscribe to the service that providesaccess to the series, because the user is entitled to access the seriesof episodic content and has not yet started watching the series.

As shown in FIG. 12G, the user swipes (e.g., with contact 1203) down tocause the electronic device 500 to scroll the product page userinterface 1202 down. In response to one or more inputs including theinput illustrated in FIG. 12G, the electronic device 500 presents theportion of the product page user interface 1202 illustrated in FIG. 12H.

The portion of the product page user interface 1202 illustrated in FIG.12H is the same portion of the product page user interface 1202 as theportion of the product page user interface 1202 described above withreference to FIG. 12B, except for the differences noted here. Becausethe user is entitled to access the series of episodic content, inresponse to detecting selection of one of the representations 1216 ofepisodes in the series of episodic content, the electronic device 500initiates a process to play (e.g., via display 514) the respectiveepisode without initiating a process to subscribe to the service thatprovides access to the series of episodic content.

As shown in FIG. 12H, the user swipes (e.g., with contact 1203) down tocause the electronic device 500 to scroll the product page userinterface 1202 down. In response to one or more inputs including theinput illustrated in FIG. 12H, the electronic device 500 presents theportion of the product page user interface 1202 illustrated in FIG. 12I.

FIG. 12I illustrates a portion of the product page user interface 1202that includes the trailer row 1220 and the bonus content row 1224. Theportion of the product page user interface 1202 illustrated in FIG. 12Iis the same portion of the product page user interface 1202 as theportion of the product page user interface illustrated in FIG. 12C.Because the user has not watched the series of episodic content, therepresentations 1222 of trailers and the representations 1226 of bonuscontent items are displayed in the same arrangement as the arrangementillustrated in FIG. 12C.

As shown in FIG. 12I, the user swipes (e.g., with contact 1203) up tocause the electronic device 500 to scroll the product page userinterface 1202 up. In response to one or more inputs including the inputillustrated in FIG. 12I, the electronic device 500 presents the portionof the product page user interface 1202 illustrated in FIG. 12J. FIG.12J illustrates the same portion of the product page user interface 1202as the portion of the product page user interface 1202 described abovewith reference to FIG. 12H.

Thus, FIGS. 12G-12J illustrate a product page user interface 1202 forthe series of content when the user is entitled to the service thatprovides access to the series of content but has not yet watched theseries of content. As shown in FIG. 12J, the user selects (e.g., withcontact 1203) an associated description 1218 of the first episode in theseries of episodic content. In response to one or more inputs includingthe selection illustrated in FIG. 12J, the electronic device 500presents the episode page user interface 1204 illustrated in FIG. 12K.

FIGS. 12K-12L illustrate an episode page user interface 1204 when theuser is entitled to access the series of episodic content but hasn'tstarted watching the series of episodic content. The episode page userinterface 1204 illustrated in FIGS. 12K-12L is similar to the episodepage user interface described above with reference to FIGS. 12E-12F.FIG. 12K illustrates a portion of the episode page user interface 1204that is the same portion of the episode page user interface 1204 as theportion of the episode page 1204 described above with reference to FIG.12E except for the differences described here. As shown in FIG. 12K, theepisode page user interface 1204 includes a selectable option 1232 athat, when selected, causes the electronic device 500 to initiate aprocess to play the first episode without initiating a process tosubscribe to the subscription service that provides access to the seriesof episodic content, even if the first episode is not a free episode,because the user is already subscribed to the subscription service.

As shown in FIG. 12K, the user swipes (e.g., with contact 1203) down tocause the electronic device 500 to scroll the episode page userinterface 1204 down. In response to one or more inputs including theinput illustrated in FIG. 12K, the electronic device 500 presents theportion of the episode page user interface 1204 illustrated in FIG. 12L.

The portion of the episode page user interface 1204 illustrated in FIG.12L is the same portion of the episode page user interface 1204 as theportion of the episode page user interface 1204 described above withreference to FIG. 12F, except for the differences noted here. Theindication 1238 of how to watch the first episode is selectable toinitiate a process to play the first episode without initiating aprocess to subscribe to the subscription service that provides access tothe series of episodic content, because the user is already subscribedto the subscription service.

Thus, FIGS. 12K-12L illustrate the episode page user interface 1204while the user is entitled to access the series of episodic content buthas not yet watched the series of episodic content, and FIGS. 12G-12Lillustrate ways the electronic device 500 presents representations ofbonus content items when the user is entitled to the service thatprovides access to the series of episodic content but has not watchedthe series of episodic content.

FIGS. 12M-12X illustrate ways the electronic device 500 displaysindications of bonus content items and trailers when the user hasstarted watching the series of episodic content (and is, thus, alsoentitled to access the series of episodic content). FIGS. 12M-12Pillustrate the product page user interface 1202 when the user hasstarted watching the series of episodic content and the playbackposition corresponds to the second episode in the series of episodiccontent.

FIG. 12M illustrates a portion of the product page user interface 1202that is the same portion of the product page user interface 1202 as theportion of the product page user interface 1202 illustrated in FIGS. 12Aand 12G, except for the differences that will now be described. Theproduct page user interface 1202 includes a selectable option 1210 cthat, when selected, causes the electronic device 500 to initiateplayback of the second episode in the series of episodic content withoutinitiating a process to subscribe to the service that provides access tothe series, because the user is entitled to access the series ofepisodic content and has started watching the series. The electronicdevice displays the selectable option 1210 c to play the second episodein the series of episodic content because the user has already watchedthe first episode in the series and the second episode is the nextepisode in the series.

As shown in FIG. 12M, the user swipes (e.g., with contact 1203) down tocause the electronic device 500 to scroll the product page userinterface 1202 down. In response to one or more inputs including theinput illustrated in FIG. 12M, the electronic device 500 presents theportion of the product page user interface 1202 illustrated in FIG. 12N.

The portion of the product page user interface 1202 illustrated in FIG.12N is the same portion of the product page user interface 1202 as theportion of the product page user interface 1202 described above withreference to FIGS. 12B and 12H, except for the differences noted here.Because the user is entitled to access the series of episodic content,in response to detecting selection of one of the representations 1216 ofepisodes in the series of episodic content, the electronic device 500initiates a process to play the respective episode without initiating aprocess to subscribe to the service that provides access to the seriesof episodic content. Moreover, the row 1216 of representations ofepisodes and the row 1218 of associated episode descriptions starts witha representation and associated description of the second episode in theseries of episodic content, because the second episode is the nextepisode in the series after the first episode, which was previouslywatched by the user.

As shown in FIG. 12N, the user swipes (e.g., with contact 1203) down tocause the electronic device 500 to scroll the product page userinterface 1202 down. In response to one or more inputs including theinput illustrated in FIG. 12N, the electronic device 500 presents theportion of the product page user interface 1202 illustrated in FIG. 12O.

FIG. 12O illustrates a portion of the product page user interface 1202that includes the bonus content row 1224 and the trailer row 1220. Theportion of the product page user interface 1202 illustrated in FIG. 12Ocorresponds to the portion of the product page user interfaceillustrated in FIGS. 12C and 12I. Because the user has watched at leastpart of the series of episodic content (e.g., the user has watched thefirst episode), the representations 1226 of bonus content items aredisplayed above the representations 1220 of trailers.

As shown in FIG. 12O, the bonus content row includes representations1226 e and 1226 f of bonus content related to the episode associatedwith the user's current playback position within the series (e.g., thesecond episode) and representations 1226 a and 1226 b of bonus contentitems related to the entire series of episodic content. Therepresentations 1226 e and 1226 f of the episode-specific bonus contentitems are displayed before the representations 1226 a and 1226 b ofbonus content items related to the entire series. Although one of therepresentations 1226 e is for a bonus content item associated with thefirst episode, the representations 1226 e is displayed while the user'splayback position is associated with the second episode because thebonus content item associated with the representation 1226 e containsspoilers for the first episode (and, thus, should optionally not beviewed until the user has finished the first episode). The bonus contentrow 1224 does not include representations of bonus content items relatedto the first episode that do not include spoilers or representations ofbonus content items related to other episodes other than the secondepisode because the playback position corresponds to the second episode.In some embodiments, rather than forgoing displaying the representationsof bonus content items related to the previously-played first episode,the electronic device displays the representations of the bonus contentitems related to the first episode at the end of the bonus content row1224.

As described above with reference to FIGS. 12C and 12I and as shown inFIG. 12O, the representations 1220 a-d of trailers are sorted based onrelease date of the trailers in reverse-chronological order. In someembodiments, rows 1224 and 1220 are horizontally scrollable to revealadditional representations 1226 or 1220, respectively, not displayedprior to receiving the scrolling input. In some embodiments,representations 1226 and 1220 are selectable to display the associatedbonus content item or trailer, respectively.

As shown in FIG. 12O, the user swipes (e.g., with contact 1203) up tocause the electronic device 500 to scroll the product page userinterface 1202 up. In response to one or more inputs including the inputillustrated in FIG. 12O, the electronic device 500 presents the portionof the product page user interface 1202 illustrated in FIG. 12P. FIG.12P illustrates the same portion of the product page user interface 1202as the portion of the product page user interface 1202 described abovewith reference to FIG. 12N.

Thus, FIGS. 12M-12P illustrate a product page user interface 1202 forthe series of content when the user is entitled to the service thatprovides access to the series of content and has watched at least aportion of the series of content, and the current playback positioncorresponds to the second episode in the series of episodic content. Asshown in FIG. 12P, the user selects (e.g., with contact 1203) anassociated description 1218 of the second episode in the series ofepisodic content. In response to one or more inputs including theselection illustrated in FIG. 12P, the electronic device 500 presentsthe episode page user interface 1204 illustrated in FIG. 12Q.

FIGS. 12Q-12R illustrate an episode page user interface 1204 when theuser is entitled to access the series of episodic content and haswatched at least a portion of the series of episodic content. FIG. 12Qillustrates a portion of the episode page user interface 1204 that isthe same portion of the episode page user interface 1204 as the portionof the episode page 1204 described above with reference to FIGS. 12E and12K except for the differences described here. As shown in FIG. 12Q, theepisode page user interface 1204 includes a selectable option 1232 bthat, when selected, causes the electronic device 500 to initiate aprocess to play the second episode without initiating a process tosubscribe to the subscription service that provides access to the seriesof episodic content, even if the second episode is not a free episode,because the user is already subscribed to the subscription service.

As shown in FIG. 12Q, the user swipes (e.g., with contact 1203) down tocause the electronic device 500 to scroll the episode page userinterface 1204 down. In response to one or more inputs including theinput illustrated in FIG. 12Q, the electronic device 500 presents theportion of the episode page user interface 1204 illustrated in FIG. 12R.

The portion of the episode page user interface 1204 illustrated in FIG.12R is the same portion of the episode page user interface 1204 as theportion of the episode page user interface 1204 described above withreference to FIGS. 12F and 12L, except for the differences noted here.The indication 1238 of how to watch the second episode is selectable toinitiate a process to play the first episode without initiating aprocess to subscribe to the subscription service that provides access tothe series of episodic content because the user is already subscribed tothe subscription service.

As shown in FIG. 12R, the episode page user interface 1204 includes arow 1236 of representations 1226 of bonus content items, includingrepresentations 1226 e and 1226 f of bonus content items related to thefirst and second episodes, respectively, and representations 1226 a and1226 b of bonus content items related to the whole series. The bonuscontent row 1236 included in the episode page user interface 1204includes the same representations 1226 in the same order as therepresentations 1226 in the bonus content row 1224 illustrated in FIG.12O. As described above with reference to FIG. 12O, representation 1226e is associated with a bonus content item associated with the firstepisode that contains a spoiler of the first episode. Thus,representation 1226 e is displayed on the episode page for the secondepisode.

Thus, FIGS. 12Q-12R illustrate the episode page user interface 1202 whenthe user has started watching the series of episodic content.

In some embodiments, as the user continues to watch the series ofepisodic content, the product page user interface 1202 is updated inaccordance with the user's playback position within the series ofepisodic content. For example, the product page 1202 is updated toinclude representations of bonus content items associated with theepisode corresponding to the user's current playback position within theseries. FIGS. 12S-12V illustrate the product page user interface 1202when the user has started watching the series of episodic content andthe playback position corresponds to the third episode in the series ofepisodic content.

FIG. 12S illustrates a portion of the product page user interface 1202that is the same portion of the product page user interface 1202 as theportion of the product page user interface 1202 illustrated in FIGS. 12A12G, and 12M except for the differences that will now be described. Theproduct page user interface 1202 includes a selectable option 1210 dthat, when selected, causes the electronic device 500 to initiateplayback of the third episode in the series of episodic content withoutinitiating a process to subscribe to the service that provides access tothe series, because the user is entitled to access the series ofepisodic content and has started watching the series. The electronicdevice displays the selectable option 1210 d to play the third episodein the series of episodic content because the user has already watchedthe second episode in the series and the third episode is the nextepisode in the series.

As shown in FIG. 12S, the user swipes (e.g., with contact 1203) down tocause the electronic device 500 to scroll the product page userinterface 1202 down. In response to one or more inputs including theinput illustrated in FIG. 12S, the electronic device 500 presents theportion of the product page user interface 1202 illustrated in FIG. 12T.

The portion of the product page user interface 1202 illustrated in FIG.12T is the same portion of the product page user interface 1202 as theportion of the product page user interface 1202 described above withreference to FIGS. 12B, 12H, and 12N except for the differences notedhere. Because the user is entitled to access the series of episodiccontent, in response to detecting selection of one of therepresentations 1216 of episodes in the series of episodic content, theelectronic device 500 initiates a process to play the respective episodewithout initiating a process to subscribe to the service that providesaccess to the series of episodic content. Moreover, the row 1216 ofrepresentations of episodes and the row 1218 of associated episodedescriptions starts with a representation and associated description ofthe third episode in the series of episodic content because the thirdepisode is the next episode in the series after the second episode,which was previously watched by the user.

As shown in FIG. 12T, the user swipes (e.g., with contact 1203) down tocause the electronic device 500 to scroll the product page userinterface 1202 down. In response to one or more inputs including theinput illustrated in FIG. 12T, the electronic device 500 presents theportion of the product page user interface 1202 illustrated in FIG. 12U.

FIG. 12U illustrates a portion of the product page user interface 1202that includes the bonus content row 1224 and the trailer row 1220. Theportion of the product page user interface 1202 illustrated in FIG. 12Uis the same portion of the product page user interface 1202 as theportion of the product page user interface illustrated in FIGS. 12C,12I, and 12O. Because the user has watched at least part of the seriesof episodic content (e.g., the user has watched the first and secondepisodes), the representations 1226 of bonus content items are displayedabove the representations 1220 of trailers.

As shown in FIG. 12U, the bonus content row includes representations1226 g and 1226 h of bonus content items related to the episodeassociated with the user's current playback position within the series(e.g., the third episode) and representations 1226 a and 1226 b of bonuscontent items related to the entire series of episodic content. Therepresentations 1226 g and 1226 h of the episode-specific bonus contentitems are displayed before the representations 1226 a and 1226 b ofbonus content items related to the entire series. Although one of therepresentations 1226 g is associated with a bonus content itemassociated with the second episode, the representation 1226 g isdisplayed while the user's playback position is associated with thethird episode because the bonus content item associated with therepresentation 1226 g contains spoilers for the second episode. As shownin FIG. 12O, when the playback position of the user corresponded to thesecond episode, the representation 1226 g was not displayed in theproduct page user interface 1202 because the bonus content itemassociated with the representation 1226 g includes a spoiler for thesecond episode. The bonus content row 1224 does not includerepresentations of bonus content items related to the first episode thatdo not include spoilers or representations of bonus content itemsrelated to any other episodes in the series of episodic content. In someembodiments, rather than forgoing displaying the representations ofbonus content items related to the previously-played first and secondepisodes, the electronic device displays the representations of thebonus content items related to the first and second episodes at the endof the bonus content row 1224.

As described above with reference to FIGS. 12C, 12I, and 12O and asshown in FIG. 12U, the representations 1220 a, 1220 b, 1220 e, and 1220f of trailers are sorted based on release date of the trailers inreverse-chronological order. In some embodiments, rows 1224 and 1220 arehorizontally scrollable to reveal additional representations 1226 or1220, respectively, not displayed prior to receiving the scrollinginput. In some embodiments, representations 1226 and 1220 are selectableto display the associated bonus content item or trailer, respectively.

As shown in FIG. 12U, the user swipes (e.g., with contact 1203) up tocause the electronic device 500 to scroll the product page userinterface 1202 up. In response to one or more inputs including the inputillustrated in FIG. 12U, the electronic device 500 presents the portionof the product page user interface 1202 illustrated in FIG. 12V. FIG.12V illustrates the same portion of the product page user interface 1202as the portion of the product page user interface 1202 described abovewith reference to FIG. 12T.

Thus, FIGS. 12S-12V illustrate a product page user interface 1202 forthe series of content when the user is entitled to the service thatprovides access to the series of content and has watched at least aportion of the series of content, and the current playback positioncorresponds to the third episode in the series of episodic content. Asshown in FIG. 12V, the user selects (e.g., with contact 1203) anassociated description 1218 of the third episode in the series ofepisodic content. In response to one or more inputs including theselection illustrated in FIG. 12V, the electronic device 500 presentsthe episode page user interface 1204 illustrated in FIG. 12W.

FIGS. 12W-12X illustrate an episode page user interface 1204 when theuser is entitled to access the series of episodic content and haswatched at least a portion of the series of episodic content. FIG. 12Willustrates a portion of the episode page user interface 1204 that isthe same portion of the episode page user interface 1204 as the portionof the episode page 1204 described above with reference to FIGS. 12E,12K, and 12Q except for the differences described here. As shown in FIG.12Q, the episode page user interface 1204 includes a selectable option1232 c that, when selected, causes the electronic device 500 to initiatea process to play the third episode without initiating a process tosubscribe to the subscription service that provides access to the seriesof episodic content, even if the third episode is not a free episode,because the user is already subscribed to the subscription service.

As shown in FIG. 12W, the user swipes (e.g., with contact 1203) down tocause the electronic device 500 to scroll the episode page userinterface 1204 down. In response to one or more inputs including theinput illustrated in FIG. 12W, the electronic device 500 presents theportion of the episode page user interface 1204 illustrated in FIG. 12X.

The portion of the episode page user interface 1204 illustrated in FIG.12X is the same portion of the episode page user interface 1204 as theportion of the episode page user interface 1204 described above withreference to FIGS. 12F, 12L, and 12R except for the differences notedhere. The indication 1238 of how to watch the third episode isselectable to initiate a process to play the third episode withoutinitiating a process to subscribe to the subscription service thatprovides access to the series of episodic content, because the user isalready subscribed to the subscription service.

As shown in FIG. 12X, the episode page user interface 1204 includes arow 1236 of representations 1226 of bonus content items, includingrepresentations 1226 g and 1226 h of bonus content items related to thesecond and third episodes, respectively, and representations 1226 a and1226 b of bonus content items related to the whole series. As describedabove with reference to FIG. 12U, representation 1226 g is associatedwith a bonus content item associated with the second episode thatcontains a spoiler of the second episode. Thus, representation 1226 g isdisplayed on the episode page for the third episode. Moreover, theepisode page user interface 1204 of the second episode illustrated inFIGS. 12Q-12R does not include representation 1226 g because the bonuscontent item associated with representation 1226 g contains a spoilerfor the second episode. In some embodiments in which representation 1226g does not include a spoiler for the second episode, it would not bedisplayed in user interface 1204 in FIG. 12X, but instead would bedisplayed in user interface 1204 shown in FIGS. 12Q-12R. Returning toFIG. 12X, the bonus content row 1224 does not include representations ofbonus content items related to the second episode that do not includespoilers or representations of bonus content items related to any otherepisodes in the series of episodic content.

Thus, FIGS. 12W-12X illustrate the episode page user interface 1204 whenthe user has started watching the series of episodic content and FIGS.12M-12X illustrate ways the electronic device 500 displays indicationsof bonus content items and trailers when the user has started watchingthe series of episodic content.

FIGS. 12Y-12CC illustrate ways in which the electronic device 500displays the product page user interface 1202 after the user hasfinished watching the series of episodic content.

FIG. 12Y illustrates a portion of the product page user interface 1202that is the same portion of the product page user interface 1202 as theportion of the product page user interface 1202 illustrated in FIGS. 12A12G, 12M, and 12S except for the differences that will now be described.The product page user interface 1202 includes a selectable option 1210 ethat, when selected, causes the electronic device 500 to initiateplayback of the first episode in the series of episodic content withoutinitiating a process to subscribe to the service that provides access tothe series, because the user is entitled to access the series ofepisodic content and has already watched the entire series. Thus, theuser is able to start watching the series again from the beginning byselecting the option 1210 e.

As shown in FIG. 12Y, the user swipes (e.g., with contact 1203) down tocause the electronic device 500 to scroll the product page userinterface 1202 down. In response to one or more inputs including theinput illustrated in FIG. 12Y, the electronic device 500 presents theportion of the product page user interface 1202 illustrated in FIG. 12Z.

The portion of the product page user interface 1202 illustrated in FIG.12Z is the same portion of the product page user interface 1202 as theportion of the product page user interface 1202 described above withreference to FIGS. 12B, 12H, 12N, and 12T except for the differencesnoted here. Because the user is entitled to access the series ofepisodic content, in response to detecting selection of one of therepresentations 1216 of episodes in the series of episodic content, theelectronic device 500 initiates a process to play the respective episodewithout initiating a process to subscribe to the service that providesaccess to the series of episodic content. Moreover, the row 1216 ofrepresentations of episodes and the row 1218 of associated episodedescriptions starts with a representation and associated description ofthe first episode in the series of episodic content because the user hasfinished watching the series of episodic content. Thus, the user is ableto start watching the series again from the beginning by selecting therepresentation 1216 of the first episode.

As shown in FIG. 12Z, the user swipes (e.g., with contact 1203) down tocause the electronic device 500 to scroll the product page userinterface 1202 down. In response to one or more inputs including theinput illustrated in FIG. 12Z, the electronic device 500 presents theportion of the product page user interface 1202 illustrated in FIG.12AA.

FIG. 12AA illustrates a portion of the product page user interface 1202that includes the bonus content row 1224 and the trailer row 1220 whenthe time since the user finished watching the series of episodic contentis less than a predetermined threshold (e.g., 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6 months).The portion of the product page user interface 1202 illustrated in FIG.12AA is the same portion of the product page user interface 1202 as theportion of the product page user interface illustrated in FIGS. 12C,12I, 12O, and 12U. Because the user has watched at least part of theseries of episodic content (e.g., the user has watched the entireseries), the representations 1226 of bonus content items are displayedabove the representations 1220 of trailers.

As shown in FIG. 12AA, the bonus content row includes a representation1226 j of a bonus content item related to the episode associated withthe user's current playback position within the series (e.g., the eighthepisode) and representations 1226 a and 1226 b of bonus content itemsrelated to the entire series of episodic content. The representation1226 j of the episode-specific bonus content item is displayed beforethe representations 1226 a and 1226 b of bonus content items related tothe entire series. The representations 1226 of bonus content items aredisplayed in the order shown in FIG. 12AA (e.g., the representation 1226j of the bonus content item related to the eighth episode is displayedbefore the representations 1226 c-1226 d of bonus content items relatedto the entire series) because the time since the user finished watchingthe series of episodic content is less than a predetermined threshold(e.g., 3, 4, 5, or 6 months). The bonus content row 1224 does notinclude representations of bonus content items associated only withindividual episodes other than the eighth episode because the playbackposition corresponds to the eighth episode. In some embodiments, ratherthan forgoing displaying the representations of bonus content itemsrelated to the previously-played episodes, the electronic devicedisplays the representations of the bonus content items related to theother episodes at the end of the bonus content row 1224.

As described above with reference to FIGS. 12C, 12I, 12O, and 12U and asshown in FIG. 12AA, the representations 1220 a, 1220 b, 1220 e, and 1220f of trailers are sorted based on release date of the trailers inreverse-chronological order. In some embodiments, rows 1224 and 1220 arehorizontally scrollable to reveal additional representations 1226 or1220, respectively, not displayed prior to receiving the scrollinginput. In some embodiments, representations 1226 and 1220 are selectableto display the associated bonus content item or trailer, respectively.

FIG. 12BB illustrates a portion of the product page user interface 1202that includes the bonus content row 1224 and the trailer row 1220 whenthe time since the user finished watching the series of episodic contentis greater than a predetermined threshold (e.g., 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6months). The portion of the product page user interface 1202 illustratedin FIG. 12BB is the same portion as the portion of the product page userinterface illustrated in FIGS. 12C, 12I, 12O, 12U, and 12AA. Because theuser has watched at least part of the series of episodic content (e.g.,the user has watched the entire series), the representations 1226 ofbonus content items are displayed above the representations 1220 oftrailers. In some embodiments, however, once the user has watched theentire series of episodic content, this portion of the product page userinterface 1202 resets to the arrangement presented while the user hasnot yet watched the series, such as the arrangement illustrated in FIG.12C. In other words, in some embodiments, after the threshold time(e.g., 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6 months) has passed since the user has finishedwatching the series of episodic content, the electronic device 500displays the trailer row 1220 above the bonus content row 1224.

As shown in FIG. 12BB, the bonus content row includes representations1226 c and 1226 d of bonus content items related to individual episodesof the series and representations 1226 a and 1226 b of bonus contentitems related to the entire series of episodic content. Therepresentations 1226 a and 1226 b of bonus content items related to theentire series are displayed before the representations 1226 c and 1226 dof the episode-specific bonus content items. The representations 1226 cand 1226 d of episode-specific bonus content items are displayed basedon release date of the bonus content items in chronological order. Therepresentations 1226 of bonus content items are displayed in the ordershown in FIG. 12BB because more than the threshold period of time haspassed since the user finished the series of episodic content.

As described above with reference to FIGS. 12C, 12I, 12O, 12U, 12AA andas shown in FIG. 12BB, the representations 1220 a, 1220 b, 1220 e, and1220 f of trailers are sorted based on release date of the trailers inreverse-chronological order. In some embodiments, rows 1224 and 1220 arehorizontally scrollable to reveal additional representations 1226 or1220, respectively, not displayed prior to receiving the scrollinginput. In some embodiments, representations 1226 and 1220 are selectableto display the associated bonus content item or trailer, respectively.

As shown in FIG. 12BB, the user swipes (e.g., with contact 1203) to theright to cause the electronic device 500 to scroll the row 1224 ofrepresentations 1226 of bonus content items. As shown in FIG. 12CC, inresponse to one or more inputs including the input illustrated in FIG.12BB, the electronic device 500 ceases displaying representations 1226 aand 1226 b on the left side of row 1224, shifts representations 1226 cand 1226 d to the left, and displays representations 1226 e and 1226 fon the right side of row 1224. Thus, after the threshold period of time(e.g., 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6 months) has passed since the user has finishedwatching the series of episodic content, representations of all bonuscontent items for the series of episodic content are displayed in theproduct page user interface 1202.

Thus, FIGS. 12Y-12CC illustrate ways in which the electronic device 500displays the product page user interface 1202 after the user hasfinished watching the series of episodic content.

FIG. 13 is a flow diagram illustrating a method 1300 of presentingrepresentations of bonus content items in a user interface for arespective series of episodic content in accordance with someembodiments of the disclosure. The method 1300 is optionally performedat an electronic device such as device 100, device 300, device 500,device 501, device 510, and device 511 as described above with referenceto FIGS. 1A-1B, 2-3, 4A-4B and 5A-5C. Some operations in method 1300are, optionally combined and/or order of some operations is, optionally,changed.

As described below, the method 1300 provides ways to presentrepresentations of bonus content items for a respective series ofepisodic content. The method reduces the cognitive burden on a user wheninteracting with a user interface of the device of the disclosure,thereby creating a more efficient human-machine interface. Forbattery-operated electronic devices, increasing the efficiency of theuser's interaction with the user interface conserves power and increasesthe time between battery charges.

In some embodiments, method 1300 is performed at an electronic device500 in communication with a display device and one or more input devices(e.g., a mobile device (e.g., a tablet, a smartphone, a media player, ora wearable device) including a touch screen, a computer including one ormore of a keyboard, mouse, trackpad, and display/touch screen, or aset-top box in communication with a display device and a remote controldevice.).

In some embodiments, such as in FIG. 12A, the electronic device receives(1302), via the one or more input devices, an input (e.g., contact 1203)corresponding to a request to display a user interface 1202 for arespective series of episodic content. For example, in response todetecting selection of a representation of the respective series ofepisodic content, the electronic device displays the user interface forthe respective series of episodic content. In some embodiments, the userinterface includes various information about the series of episodiccontent and one or more selectable options that, when selected, causethe electronic device to initiate playback of the series of episodiccontent. Optionally, in accordance with a determination that the user isentitled to the series of episodic content (e.g., the user is subscribedto a channel, streaming service, or other provider that provides theseries of episodic content, or the user has purchased the series ofepisodic content), the user interface includes one or more selectableoptions that, when selected, cause the electronic device to play theseries of episodic content. In some embodiments, in accordance with adetermination that the user is not entitled to the series of episodiccontent (e.g., the user is not subscribed to the channel, streamingservice, or other content provider that provides access to the series ofepisodic content), the user interface includes one or more selectableoptions that, when selected, cause the electronic device to initiate aprocess to subscribe to one of the providers of the episodic contentand/or purchase the series of episodic content. In some embodiments, theuser interface includes representations of the episodes in therespective series of episodic content, a synopsis of each episode and/orof the series as a whole, information about the cast and crew of theseries of episodic content, representations of trailers and/or bonuscontent associated with the series of episodic content, and the like.The user interface can be displayed in accordance with one or more stepsof processes 700, 900, and/or 1100, described above with reference toFIGS. 6A-11G.

In some embodiments, in response to receiving the input (e.g., contact1203 illustrated in FIG. 12A) corresponding to the request to displaythe user interface 1202 for the respective series of episodic content,the electronic device 500 displays (1304), via the display device 514,the user interface 1202 for the respective series of episodic content,wherein the respective series of episodic content is associated with afirst bonus content item associated with a first episode, but not asecond episode, of the series of episodic content and a second bonuscontent item associated with the second episode, but not the firstepisode, of the series of episodic content. In some embodiments, bonuscontent includes one or more of behind-the-scenes footage related to theseries of episodic content, deleted scenes of the series of episodiccontent, interviews with cast and crew of the episodic content, andother content related to the series of episodic content. The bonuscontent optionally includes video content, images, text, audiorecordings, or other media. In some embodiments, bonus content isassociated with a particular episode of the series of episodic content.For example, a video interview with a director about the making of thefirst episode of the series of episodic content is associated with thefirst episode. As another example, a recap of all of the episodes priorto the season finale episode of the series of episodic content isassociated with the season finale episode of the series of episodiccontent. In some embodiments, some of the bonus content is associatedwith the series of episodic content as a whole or an entire season ofthe episodic content. For example, behind-the-scenes footage of thelocation at which a respective season of the series of episodic contentthat does not include spoilers for any episodes within the respectiveseason is associated with the respective season of the series ofepisodic content. More generally, in some embodiments, bonus contentthat relates to the entire series of episodic content without includingspoilers for any episodes of the series of episodic content isassociated with the entire series of episodic content.

In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that a user ofthe electronic device has not watched the series of episodic content,the user interface includes representations 1226 c and 1226 f of thefirst and second bonus content items that are selectable to access thefirst and second bonus content items, respectively, such as in FIG. 12CC(1306). Optionally, the user interface includes selectablerepresentations of all of the bonus content items associated with theseries of episodic content, including representations of bonus contentassociated with the entire series or season and bonus content associatedwith individual episodes in the series of episodic content. In someembodiments, the selectable representations of all of the bonus contentare displayed on the product page regardless of whether or not the useris entitled to access the series of episodic content. For example, ifthe user is not subscribed to the channel, streaming service, or otherprovider that provides the series of episodic content (or has nototherwise purchased the series of episodic content), the user interfacefor the series of episodic content includes selectable representationsof all of the items of bonus content associated with the series ofepisodic content and selecting a representation first initiates aprocess to subscribe to the content provider before playing the bonuscontent. As another example, if the user is subscribed to the providerof the series of episodic content (or has otherwise purchased access tothe series of episodic content), the user interface for the series ofepisodic content includes selectable representations of all of the bonuscontent associated with the series of episodic content and selecting arepresentation of a respective item of bonus content causes theelectronic device to play the respective item of bonus content. In someembodiments, each selectable representation of an item of bonus contentincludes text (e.g., a title of the bonus content and other informationsuch as date of publication, parental guidance rating, image quality,and duration) and/or an image (e.g., a frame of the bonus content oranother image representing the bonus content) representing the bonuscontent.

In some embodiments, such as in FIG. 8AA, in accordance with adetermination that the user of the electronic device 500 has watched atleast a portion of the series of episodic content and that a currentplayback position of the user in the series of episodic contentcorresponds to the first episode, the user interface includes therepresentation 1226 j of the first bonus content item that is selectableto access the first bonus content item, and the user interface does notinclude the representation of the second bonus content item (1308). Ifthe user has watched one or more episodes of the series of episodiccontent, the user interface includes selectable representations of thebonus content related to the episode the user is currently watching andoptionally selectable representations of bonus content related to theentire series or an entire season of the series of episodic content,without including representations of bonus content related only to otherepisodes in the series. If, for example, the user has finished watchinga respective episode in the series, the playback position is associatedeither with the episode the user just finished or the next episode inthe series. For example, if the user's current playback position is thesecond episode in the series of episodic content, the user interface forthe series includes bonus content associated with the second episode (ifany) and optionally bonus content associated with the series (or season)as a whole (if any), but does not include bonus content associated onlywith the first, third, fourth, etc. episodes. Once the user's currentplayback position switches from the second episode to the third episode,the user interface for the series optionally would include bonus contentassociated with the third episode (if any) and optionally bonus contentassociated with the series (or season) as a whole (if any), butoptionally would not include bonus content associated only with thefirst, second, fourth, etc. episodes.

The above-described manner of displaying representations of the firstand second bonus content items in accordance with a determination thatthe user has not watched the series of episodic content enables theelectronic device to inform the user of the quantity of bonus contentassociated with the respective series of episodic content which couldentice the user to watch the series of episodic content and displayingthe representation of the first bonus content item without displayingthe representation of the second bonus content item in accordance with adetermination that the current playback position corresponds to thefirst episode reduces the number of representations of bonus contentthat are not currently relevant to the user that are included in theproduct page which simplifies the interaction between the user and theelectronic device and enhances the operability of the electronic deviceand makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by reducingthe number of inputs needed to view representations of bonus contentthat are currently relevant to the user based on the current playbackposition within the series of episodic content), which additionallyreduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic deviceby enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly andefficiently.

In some embodiments, such as in FIG. 12O, in accordance with adetermination that the user of the electronic device has watched atleast the portion of the series of episodic content and that the currentplayback position of the user in the series of episodic contentcorresponds to the second episode (e.g., the user has started watchingthe second episode or has finished the episode prior to the secondepisode but not yet started watching the second episode), the userinterface 1202 includes the representation 1226 f of the second bonuscontent item that is selectable to access the second bonus content item,and the user interface does not include the representation of the firstbonus content item. The electronic device optionally displaysrepresentations of the bonus content items associated with the secondepisode because the playback position of the user in the series ofepisodic content corresponds to the second episode. In some embodiments,the electronic device also displays representations of bonus contentitems related to the entire series of episodic content in addition torepresentations of bonus content items related only to the secondepisode in the series of episodic content. Generally speaking, inaccordance with the determination that the user has watched at least theportion of the series of episodic content, the user interface for therespective series of episodic content optionally includesrepresentations of bonus content items associated with the respectiveepisode that corresponds to the user's playback position in the seriesof episodic content.

In some embodiments, such as in FIG. 12O, in accordance with adetermination that the user has watched at least the portion of theseries of episodic content and that a current playback position of theuser in the series of episodic content corresponds to the second episode(e.g., the user has started watching the second episode or has finishedthe episode prior to the second episode but not yet started watching thesecond episode), in accordance with a determination that the secondbonus content item contains a spoiler for the second episode (e.g., thesecond bonus content item includes content that reveals information notknown to the viewer until watching the second episode), the userinterface does not include the representation 1226 g, shown in in FIG.12U, of the second bonus content item. In some embodiments, the userinterface optionally includes representations of one or more other bonuscontent items associated with the second episode that do not containspoilers for the second episode because the one or more other bonuscontent items do not include spoilers. Optionally, once the playbackposition of the user in the series of episodic content changes frombeing associated with the second episode to being associated with theepisode immediately after the second episode, the representation of thesecond bonus content item is displayed in the user interface and therepresentations of the one or more other bonus content items associatedwith the second episode that do not contain spoilers are no longerdisplayed in the user interface for the series of episodic content. Insome embodiments, the representation of the second bonus content item isdisplayed concurrently with representations of bonus content itemsassociated with the episode immediately after the second episode. Oncethe playback position advances to the next episode immediately after theepisode that is immediately after the second episode, the representationof the second bonus content item optionally ceases to be displayed. Insome embodiments, in accordance with a determination that the user haswatched at least the portion of the series of episodic content and thata current playback position of the user in the series of episodiccontent corresponds to the second episode, in accordance with thedetermination that the second bonus content item does not contain aspoiler for the second episode (e.g., the second bonus content item doesnot include content that reveals information not known to the vieweruntil watching the second episode), the user interface includes therepresentation of the second bonus content item. In some embodiments,the representation of the second bonus content item is displayed in theuser interface for the series of episodic content while the playbackposition corresponds to the second episode because the second bonuscontent item does not contain a spoiler for the second episode.

In some embodiments, such as in FIG. 12U, the user interface 1202 forthe respective series of episodic content includes a representation 1226c of a third bonus content item that is a type of bonus contentdifferent from a type of bonus content of the first bonus content itemand the second bonus content item. In some embodiments, the type ofbonus content of the third bonus content item is a type that isassociated with an entire season of the series or the entire series ofepisodic content and the type of bonus content of the first and secondbonus content items is a type of bonus content that is associated withindividual episodes of the series of episodic content. In someembodiments, the representation of the third bonus content item isdisplayed in the user interface for the respective series of episodiccontent regardless of whether or not the user has watched the portion ofthe series of episodic content. Optionally, the series of episodiccontent is associated with the third bonus content item, which isassociated with both the first episode and the second episode. In someembodiments, the third bonus content item is associated with the entireseries of episodic content. For example, the third bonus content itemrelates generally to the series of episodic content or to the entireseason of the series of episodic content. Optionally, in accordance withthe determination that the user of the electronic device has not watchedthe series of episodic content, the user interface for the respectiveseries of episodic content includes a representation of the third bonuscontent item that is selectable to access the third bonus content item.In accordance with a determination that the user of the electronicdevice has not watched the series of episodic content, the electronicdevice optionally displays representations of all of the bonus contentitems associated with the series of episodic content, including bonuscontent items related to specific episodes of the series of episodiccontent (e.g., the first and second bonus content items) and bonuscontent items related to the entire series of episodic content (e.g.,the third bonus content item). For example, if a user has not everwatched a respective television show using the electronic device, theuser interface corresponding to the respective television show includesrepresentations of all bonus content items related to the show,including representations of bonus content items related to specificepisodes and representations of bonus content items related to theentire series. Optionally, in accordance with the determination that theuser of the electronic device has watched at least the portion of theseries of episodic content and that the current playback position of theuser in the series of episodic content corresponds to the first episode,the user interface for the respective series of episodic contentincludes the representation of the third bonus content item that isselectable to access the third bonus content item. In some embodiments,in accordance with a determination that the user of the electronicdevice has watched the series of episodic content, the electronic devicedisplays representations of bonus content items related to the episodecorresponding to the current playback position within the series ofepisodic content and representations of bonus content items related tothe entire series of episodic content. Optionally, the electronic devicedoes not display representations of bonus content items related only toother episodes in the series of episodic content. For example, if theuser is watching a respective series of episodic content and the currentplayback position within the series of episodic content corresponds tothe third episode of the series, the user interface associated with theseries includes representations of items of bonus content associatedwith the third episode in the series and representations of items ofbonus content associated with the entire series, but does not includerepresentations of items of bonus content related to other episodes inthe series.

The above-described manner of displaying the representation of the thirdbonus content item associated with the first and second episodesregardless of whether the user has watched at least the portion of theseries of episodic content enables the electronic device to providequick access to bonus content items related to the entire series ofepisodic content from the user interface associated with the series ofepisodic content, which simplifies the interaction between the user andthe electronic device and enhances the operability of the electronicdevice and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., byproviding a predictable and efficient way of accessing the bonus contentrelated to the entire series of episodic content, thus reducing thenumber of inputs needed to access the bonus content related to theentire series), which additionally reduces power usage and improvesbattery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use theelectronic device more quickly and efficiently.

In some embodiments, in accordance with the determination that the userof the electronic device has not watched the series of episodic content,the representation 1226 a of the third bonus content item is displayedwith higher priority than (e.g., before, such as at the firstposition(s) in a list of bonus content) the representations 1226 c-1226d of the first and second bonus content items in a respective region ofthe user interface for the respective series of episodic content, suchas in FIG. 12C. In some embodiments, the representations of the bonuscontent items are displayed in a row in the user interface and, inaccordance with a determination that the user of the electronic devicehas not watched the series of episodic content, the representations ofbonus content items related to the entire series (e.g., the third bonuscontent item) are displayed first (e.g., leftmost) within the row,followed by representations of bonus content items specific torespective episodes of the series of episodic content (e.g., the firstand second bonus content items). The electronic device optionallydisplays the representations of episode-specific bonus content items inchronological order based on the release date of the episode-specificbonus content items. For example, in accordance with a determinationthat the user has not watched the series of episodic content, the userinterface includes a bonus content row with representations of bonuscontent items from left to right starting with bonus content itemsrelated to the entire series of episodic content, then representationsof episode-specific bonus content items in chronological order ofrelease date (e.g., most recent release to least recent release). Insome embodiments, the bonus content row is horizontally scrollable toreveal additional representations of bonus content items not displayedprior to the scrolling input being received at the electronic device.

In some embodiments, in accordance with the determination that the userof the electronic device 500 has watched at least the portion of theseries of episodic content and that the current playback position of theuser in the series of episodic content corresponds to the first episode,the representation 1226 e of the first bonus content item is displayedwith higher priority than (e.g., before, such as at the firstposition(s) in a list of bonus content) the representation 1226 a of thethird bonus content item in the respective region of the user interfacefor the respective series of episodic content, such as in FIG. 12O. Insome embodiments, in accordance with the determination that the user haswatched the series of episodic content, the electronic device displaysthe bonus content items in the bonus content row of the user interfacewith the representations of bonus content items associated with theepisode corresponding to the current playback position first (e.g.,leftmost) within the row followed by the representations of bonuscontent items associated with the entire series of episodic content. Forexample, if the user is watching a series of episodic content and thecurrent playback position corresponds to the first episode in theseries, the electronic device displays the user interface including therepresentations of the bonus content items associated with the firstepisode first within the bonus content row followed by therepresentations of bonus content items associated with the entireseries. As another example, if the user is watching the series and thecurrent playback position corresponds to the second episode in theseries, the electronic device displays the user interface including therepresentations of the bonus content items associated with the secondepisode first within the bonus content row followed by therepresentations of bonus content items associated with the entireseries.

The above-described manner of displaying the representations of bonuscontent items in different orders enables the electronic device toprovide quick access to the bonus content item that is likely morerelevant to the user (e.g., when the user has not watched the series, itis more likely that they will be interested in bonus content related tothe whole series, rather than bonus content related to a specificepisode, and if the user has watched part of the series, it is morelikely that they are more interested in bonus content related to theepisode corresponding to the current playback position) which simplifiesthe interaction between the user and the electronic device and enhancesthe operability of the electronic device and makes the user-deviceinterface more efficient (e.g., by reducing the number of inputs neededto access relevant bonus content), which additionally reduces powerusage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling theuser to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently.

In some embodiments, the series of episodic content is associated with afirst trailer 1222 a (e.g., an item of content related to the series ofepisodic content meant to entice the user to watch the series ofepisodic content), such as in FIG. 12C. In some embodiments, trailersare associated with the entire series of episodic content and/ortrailers are associated with individual episodes from the series ofepisodic content. For example, a trailer that is associated with theentire series of episodic content relates to the entire series ofepisodic content (e.g., and includes snippets of content from multipleepisodes of the content series) and is meant to entice the user to watchthe series of episodic content. As another example, a trailer that isassociated with a respective episode of the series of episodic contentrelates to the respective episode (e.g., and includes snippets ofcontent from only one episode—for example, the respective episode—of thecontent series) and is meant to entice the user to watch the respectiveepisode in the series of episodic content.

In some embodiments, such as in FIG. 12C, the user interface for therespective series of episodic content further includes a representation1226 a of the first trailer that is selectable to access the firsttrailer. Optionally, the representation of the first trailer isdisplayed in the user interface for the respective series of episodiccontent regardless of whether or not the user of the electronic devicehas watched the series of episodic content. In some embodiments, inaccordance with the determination that the user of the electronic devicehas not watched the series of episodic content, the user interface forthe respective series of episodic content further includes arepresentation of the first trailer that is selectable to access thefirst trailer. In some embodiments, the electronic device displaysrepresentations of all of the trailers—including the firsttrailer—associated with the series of episodic content in accordancewith a determination that the user has not watched the series ofepisodic content. For example, the first trailer is associated with theentire series of episodic content or with a respective episode in theseries of episodic content. In some embodiments, in accordance with thedetermination that the user of the electronic device has watched atleast the portion of the series of episodic content, the user interfacefor the series of episodic content further includes the representationof the first trailer that is selectable to access the first trailer. Insome embodiments, the electronic device displays the representation ofthe first trailer irrespective of whether or not the user has watchedthe series of episodic content.

In some embodiments, such as in FIG. 12C, the user interface 1202includes a first region (e.g., a first row) above a second region (e.g.,a second row). In some embodiments, each region is a row ofrepresentations of content (e.g., bonus content or trailers)—other thanepisodes included in the series of episodic content—related to theseries of episodic content.

In some embodiments, such as in FIG. 12C, in accordance with thedetermination that the user of the electronic device 500 has not watchedthe series of episodic content, the representation 1222 a of the firsttrailer is displayed in the first region (e.g., the first row) of theuser interface, and the representations 1226 of the first and secondbonus content items are displayed in the second region (e.g., the secondrow) of the user interface 1202. In some embodiments, in accordance withthe determination that the user has not watched the series of episodiccontent, the row of representations of trailers is displayed above therow of representations of bonus content in the user interface.

In some embodiments, such as in FIG. 12O, in accordance with thedetermination that the user of the electronic device 500 has watched atleast the portion of the series of episodic content, the representation1226 e of the first bonus content item is displayed in the first region(e.g., the first row) of the user interface 1202, and the representationof the first trailer 1220 a is displayed in the second region (e.g., thesecond row) of the user interface. In some embodiments, in accordancewith a determination that the user has watched at least a portion of theseries of episodic content, the row of representations of bonus contentis displayed above the row of representations of trailers in the userinterface.

The above-described manner of changing the order of the trailer andbonus content rows in the user interface enables the electronic deviceto present the representations of the items of content that are mostrelevant to the user with higher priority and quicker access (e.g.,displaying the representation of the first trailer with higher prioritywhen the user has not watched the series and displaying therepresentations of bonus content when the user has watched the series),which simplifies the interaction between the user and the electronicdevice and enhances the operability of the electronic device and makesthe user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by reducing the numberof inputs needed to access the trailer when the user has not watched theseries of episodic content and reducing the number of inputs needed toaccess bonus content when the user has watched the series of episodiccontent), which additionally reduces power usage and improves batterylife of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronicdevice more quickly and efficiently.

In some embodiments, such as in FIG. 12C, the series of episodic contentis associated with a second trailer 1226 a that was released after thefirst trailer 1226 b. Each of the first and second trailers areoptionally related to the entire series of episodic content or relatedto a single respective episode of the series of episodic content. Forexample, the first and second trailers can be related to the sameepisode, to different individual episodes, or to the entire series andan individual episode respectively. Optionally, in accordance with thedetermination that the user of the electronic device 500 has not watchedthe series of episodic content, the user interface 1202 for therespective series of episodic content further includes a representation1226 a of the second trailer that is displayed with a higher prioritythan (e.g., before) the representation 1226 b of the first trailer in arespective region (e.g., a row) of the user interface in which therepresentations of the first and second trailers are displayed (e.g., atrailer row of the user interface), such as in FIG. 12C. In someembodiments, the trailers are displayed in reverse-chronological orderwith the representation of the most recently released trailer beingfirst (e.g., leftmost) in the trailer row and the other trailers beingdisplayed left to right in reverse-chronological order (e.g., newestfirst, oldest last). In some embodiments, the order in which therepresentations of trailers are displayed depends only on the releasedate of the trailers and does not depend on which trailers are relatedto the entire series of episodic content versus which being related onlyto a respective episode in the series. The trailer row is optionallyhorizontally scrollable to reveal additional representations of trailersthat were not displayed prior to detection of a scrolling input. Forexample, if the second trailer was released before the first trailer,then the electronic device would display the representation of the firsttrailer to the left of the representation of the second trailer. In someembodiments, the representation of the first trailer is selectable toinitiate a process to access the first trailer and the representation ofthe second trailer is selectable to initiate a process to access thesecond trailer. Optionally, in accordance with the determination thatthe user of the electronic device 500 has watched at least the portionof the series of episodic content, the user interface 1202 for therespective series of episodic content further includes therepresentation 1220 a of the second trailer that is displayed with ahigher priority than (e.g., before) the representation 1220 b of thefirst trailer in a respective region (e.g., row) of the user interfacein which the representations of the first and second trailers aredisplayed (e.g., a trailer row.), such as in FIG. 12O. The electronicdevice optionally displays the representations of the trailers inreverse-chronological order irrespective of whether or not the user haswatched the series of episodic content and irrespective of the currentplayback position in the series of episodic content if the user haswatched the series. In some embodiments, the trailers are displayed inreverse-chronological order with the representation of the most recentlyreleased trailer being first (e.g., leftmost) in the trailer row and theother trailers being displayed left to right in reverse-chronologicalorder (e.g., newest first, oldest last). In some embodiments, the orderin which the representations of trailers are displayed depends only onthe release date of the trailers and does not depend on which trailersare related to the entire series of episodic content versus which beingrelated only to a respective episode in the series. The trailer row isoptionally horizontally scrollable to reveal additional representationsof trailers that were not displayed prior to detection of a scrollinginput. For example, if the second trailer was released before the firsttrailer, then the electronic device would display the representation ofthe first trailer to the left of the representation of the secondtrailer. In some embodiments, the representation of the first trailer isselectable to initiate a process to access the first trailer and therepresentation of the second trailer is selectable to initiate a processto access the second trailer.

In some embodiments, such as in FIG. 12C, the representation 1226 a ofthe first bonus content item includes (e.g., or alternatively isdisplayed along with) an indication of the first episode with which thefirst bonus content item is associated, and metadata associated with thefirst bonus content item (e.g., a title of the first bonus content item,the runtime of the first bonus content item, the parental guidancerating of the first bonus content item, the audio/video quality of thefirst bonus content item, and/or the release date of the first bonuscontent item). In some embodiments, the representation of the firstbonus content item further includes an image associated with the firstbonus content item, which is optionally a still or animated imageincluded in the first bonus content item. For example, the first bonuscontent item is a video and the image is one or more frames of thevideo.

In some embodiments, such as in FIG. 12C, the representation 1226 b ofthe second bonus content item includes (e.g., or alternatively isdisplayed along with) an indication of the second episode with which thesecond bonus content item is associated, and metadata associated withthe second bonus content item (e.g., a title of the second bonus contentitem, the runtime of the second bonus content item, the parentalguidance rating of the second bonus content item, the audio/videoquality of the second bonus content item, and/or the release date of thesecond bonus content item). In some embodiments, the representation ofthe second bonus content item further includes an image associated withthe second bonus content item, which is optionally a still or animatedimage included in the second bonus content item. For example, the secondbonus content item is a video and the image is one or more frames of thevideo.

The above-described manner of including an indication of the episode andmetadata associated with the respective bonus content item with therepresentation of the respective bonus content item enables theelectronic device to quickly and efficiently provide the user withinformation about the respective bonus content item while displaying theuser interface for the series of episodic content, which simplifies theinteraction between the user and the electronic device and enhances theoperability of the electronic device and makes the user-device interfacemore efficient (e.g., by reducing the number of inputs needed to viewthe episode and metadata associated with the respective bonus contentitem compared to not displaying the indication and metadata in the userinterface for the series of episodic content), which additionallyreduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic deviceby enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly andefficiently.

In some embodiments, such as in FIG. 12AA, the respective series ofepisodic content is further associated with a third bonus content item1226 j that is associated with a final episode of the respective seriesof episodic content (e.g., the last episode in the series of episodiccontent), wherein the third bonus content item 1226 j is not associatedwith the first or second episodes of the series of episodic content(e.g., the third bonus content item is associated with the final episodeonly). The final episode is optionally the final episode in the entireseries (e.g., no more episodes of the series will be released in thefuture) or the final episode of the current season (e.g., no moreepisodes will be released in the current season, and there are currentlyno seasons after the current season, but new seasons will be released inthe future). For example, a series of episodic content currently has twoseasons and the final season is the season finale of the second seasonand the third bonus content item is associated with the final episodewithout being associated with the other episodes in the series.

In some embodiments, such as in FIG. 12AA, in accordance with adetermination that the user of the electronic device 500 has finishedwatching the final episode of the respective series of episodic content,the user interface 1202 for the respective series of episodic contentincludes a representation 1226 j of the third bonus content item that isselectable to access the third bonus content item, and does not includethe representations of the first and second bonus content items. Theplayback position within the series of episodic content optionallyremains associated with the final episode once the user finisheswatching the final episode. In some embodiments, while the playbackposition is associated with the final episode, the user interfaceassociated with the series of episodic content includes representationsof bonus content items associated with the final episode and does notinclude representations of bonus content items associated with othersingle respective episodes in the series of episodic content. The userinterface associated with the series of episodic content optionallyfurther includes representations of bonus content items related to theentire series of episodic content in addition to the representations ofthe bonus content items associated with the final episode of the seriesof episodic content. In some embodiments, rather than excludingrepresentations of bonus content items related only to individualpreviously-played episodes, the electronic device moves theserepresentations to the end of a list. For example, the electronic devicedisplays representations of bonus content items associated with thecurrent episode first, then representations of bonus content itemsrelated to the entire series of episodic content, and, last,representations of bonus content items related only to single,previously-played episodes.

The above-described manner of displaying the representation of the thirdbonus content item in the user interface in accordance with adetermination that the user has finished watching the final episode ofthe series of episodic content enables the electronic device to providequick access to the third bonus content item associated with the finalepisode from the user interface associated with the series of episodiccontent when the user is likely to want to access the third bonuscontent item (e.g., after watching the final episode), which simplifiesthe interaction between the user and the electronic device and enhancesthe operability of the electronic device and makes the user-deviceinterface more efficient (e.g., by reducing the number of inputs neededto access relevant bonus content items), which additionally reducespower usage and improves battery life of the electronic device byenabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly andefficiently.

In some embodiments, such as in FIG. 12AA, the respective series ofepisodic content is further associated with a third bonus content item1226 j that is associated with a final episode of the respective seriesof episodic content (e.g., the last episode in the series of episodiccontent), wherein the third bonus content item 1226 j is not associatedwith the first or second episodes of the series of episodic content(e.g., the third bonus content item is associated with the final episodeonly). The final episode is optionally the final episode in the entireseries (e.g., no more episodes of the series will be released in thefuture) or the final episode of the current season (e.g., no moreepisodes will be released in the current season, and there are currentlyno seasons after the current season, but new seasons will be released inthe future). For example, a series of episodic content currently has twoseasons and the final season is the season finale of the second seasonand the third bonus content item is associated with the final episodewithout being associated with the other episodes in the series.

In some embodiments, such as in FIG. 12AA, in accordance with adetermination that the user of the electronic device 500 has finishedwatching the final episode of the respective series of episodic contentand in accordance with a determination that an amount of time since theuser of the electronic device finished watching the final episode of therespective series of episodic content is less than a predetermined timethreshold (e.g., 2, 3, 4 or 6 months), the user interface 1202 for therespective series of episodic content includes a representation 1226 jof the third bonus content item that is selectable to access the thirdbonus content item, and does not include the representations of thefirst and second bonus content items. The playback position within theseries of episodic content optionally remains associated with the finalepisode for a predetermined period of time (e.g., 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6months) after the user finishes watching the final episode. In someembodiments, the user interface associated with the series of episodiccontent includes representations of bonus content items associated withthe final episode and does not include representations of bonus contentitems associated with other single respective episodes in the series ofepisodic content for the predetermined time (e.g., 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6months) after the user finishes watching the final episode. The userinterface associated with the series of episodic content optionallyfurther includes representations of bonus content items related to theentire series of episodic content in addition to the representations ofthe bonus content items associated with the final episode of the seriesof episodic content.

In some embodiments, such as in FIGS. 12BB-12CC, in accordance with adetermination that the user of the electronic device has finishedwatching the final episode of the respective series of episodic content,in accordance with a determination that the amount of time since theuser of the electronic device finished watching the final episode of therespective series of episodic content is greater than the predeterminedtime threshold (e.g., 2, 3, 4 or 6 months), the user interface for therespective series of episodic content includes the representations 1226of the first, second, and third bonus content items. In someembodiments, once the predetermined period of time (e.g., 2, 4, 5, or 6months) has passed since the user has finished the final episode of theseries of episodic content, the user interface associated with theseries of episodic content includes representations of all of the bonuscontent items associated with the series of episodic content. The userinterface optionally includes representations of bonus content itemsassociated with the entire series of episodic content and allepisode-specific bonus content items (e.g., all bonus content itemsassociated with individual episodes in the series of episodic content).

The above-described manner of temporarily maintaining the playbackposition at the final episode enables the electronic device to make itquicker for the user to access the third bonus content item associatedwith the final episode when the user recently finished watching thefinal episode and is more likely to want to watch the bonus contentassociated with the final episode and to make it quicker for the user tobrowse and access the first, second, and third bonus content items whenthe user is less likely to be particularly interested in the bonuscontent associated with the final episode and may be consideringre-watching the series of episodic content, which simplifies theinteraction between the user and the electronic device and enhances theoperability of the electronic device and makes the user-device interfacemore efficient (e.g., by reducing the number of inputs needed to browseand access the bonus content items that are likely to be of interest tothe user depending on how long it has been since the user finishedwatching the final episode of the series of episodic content), whichadditionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of theelectronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device morequickly and efficiently.

In some embodiments, such as in FIG. 12P, while displaying the userinterface 1202 for the respective series of episodic content and whilethe current playback position of the user in the series of episodiccontent corresponds to the first episode (e.g., the user has startedwatching the first episode but has not progressed to watching the secondepisode), the electronic device receives, via the one or more inputdevices 510, an input (e.g., contact 1203) corresponding to a request todisplay a user interface 1204 for the second episode of the respectiveseries of episodic content (e.g., an episode page user interfaceassociated with the second episode), such as user interface 1204 in FIG.12Q. In some embodiments, the episode page user interface includesinformation about a respective episode of the series of episodiccontent, including a selectable option to play the episode, informationabout how to watch the respective episode (e.g., subscription servicesand channels that provide access to the episode), metadata about theepisode (e.g., runtime, release date, cast and crew, synopsis, genre,audio/video quality/format, parental guidance rating, etc.), andrepresentations of bonus content associated with the episode. Theelectronic device optionally displays the episode page user interface inresponse to detecting selection of an option associated with the episodepage user interface for a respective episode. For example, in responseto detecting selection of an option associated with the episode pageuser interface for the second episode, the electronic device displaysthe episode page for the second episode. As another example, in responseto detecting selection of an option associated with the episode pageuser interface for the first episode, the electronic device displays theepisode page for the first episode. In some embodiments, each episode inthe series of episodic content has an episode page user interfaceassociated therewith. The episode page user interface is optionallydisplayed in accordance with one or more steps of method 1100.

In some embodiments, in response to receiving the input corresponding tothe request to display the user interface for the second episode, suchas in FIG. 12Q, the electronic device 500 displays, via the displaydevice, the user interface 1204 for the second episode, such as in FIG.12Q, wherein the user interface for the second episode includes therepresentation of the second bonus content item 1226 f, such as in FIG.12R. The episode page user interface for the second episode optionallydoes not include the representation of the first bonus content itemassociated with the first episode. In some embodiments, the episode pageuser interface for the second episode includes representations of all ofthe bonus content items associated with the second episode, includingbonus content items associated solely with the second episode and bonuscontent items associated with the entire series of episodic content. Theepisode page user interface of the second episode optionally includesthe representations of bonus content items associated with the secondepisode irrespective of the user's playback position within the seriesof episodic content (e.g., even if the bonus content items associatedwith the second episode are not displayed in the content series userinterface). Likewise, in some embodiments, an episode page userinterface for the first episode includes representations of bonuscontent related to the first episode, including bonus content itemsassociated with the first episode only and bonus content itemsassociated with the entire series of episodic content, irrespective ofthe user's playback position within the series of episodic content. Insome embodiments, the episode page user interface for the first episodedoes not include the representation of the second bonus content itemassociated with the second episode. Thus, the representations of bonuscontent items related to the entire series of episodic content areoptionally included in the episode page user interfaces for all of theepisodes included in the series of episodic content.

The above-described manner of displaying the user interface for thesecond episode with the representation of the second bonus content itemassociated with the second episode when the current playback position ofthe user in the series of episodic content corresponds to the firstepisode enables the electronic device to provide quick access to bonuscontent items associated with episodes other than the episode thatcorresponds to the current playback position of the user in the seriesof episodic content, which simplifies the interaction between the userand the electronic device and enhances the operability of the electronicdevice and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., byproviding an efficient and predictable way of accessing the bonuscontent items associated with each episode in the series of episodiccontent), which additionally reduces power usage and improves batterylife of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronicdevice more quickly and efficiently.

In some embodiments, such as in FIG. 12R, the respective series ofepisodic content is further associated with a third bonus content item1226 a associated with the first and second episodes of the series ofepisodic content (e.g., a bonus content item associated with the entireseries of episodic content). In some embodiments, such as in FIG. 12R,the representation 1226 f of the second bonus content item is displayedwith higher priority than (e.g., before, such as at the firstposition(s) in a list of bonus content) a representation 1226 a of thethird bonus content item in a respective region (e.g., a row) of theuser interface for the second episode. The representation of the secondbonus content item is optionally displayed to the left of therepresentation of the third bonus content item in a row ofrepresentations of bonus content items on the episode page userinterface for the second episode. Generally speaking, in someembodiments, the representations of bonus content items related only tothe second episode are displayed to the left of the representations ofthe bonus content items related to the entire series of episodic contentin the bonus content row of the episode page user interface associatedwith the second episode. Likewise, the episode page user interfaceassociated with the first episode optionally includes a bonus contentrow that includes representations of bonus content items related only tothe first episode (e.g., the representation of the first bonus contentitem) displayed to the left of the representations of bonus contentitems related to the entire series of episodic content. In someembodiments, the bonus content row is horizontally scrollable to revealadditional representations of bonus content items that were notdisplayed prior to receiving the scrolling input.

The above-described manner of displaying the representation of thesecond bonus content item that is associated with the second episodewith higher priority than the representation of the third bonus contentitem that is associated with both the first episode and the secondepisode enables the electronic device to make it quicker for the user toaccess the bonus content item associated with the second episode whiledisplaying the user interface for the second episode, which simplifiesthe interaction between the user and the electronic device and enhancesthe operability of the electronic device and makes the user-deviceinterface more efficient (e.g., by reducing the number of inputs neededto access the second bonus content item, which the user is likely to bemore interested in viewing than the third bonus content item because theuser chose to view a user interface for the second episode), whichadditionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of theelectronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device morequickly and efficiently.

In some embodiments, such as in FIG. 12X, the respective series ofepisodic content is associated with a third bonus content item 1226 hassociated with the second episode, the user interface for the secondepisode 1204 includes a representation 1226 h of the third bonus contentitem, such as in FIG. 12X, and in accordance with the determination thatthe user of the electronic device has watched at least a portion of theseries of episodic content and that a current playback position of theuser in the series of episodic content corresponds to the first episode,such as in FIG. 12O, the user interface 1202 for the respective seriesof episodic content does not include the representation of the thirdbonus content item. In some embodiments, even if the user interface forthe respective series of episodic content does not include arepresentation of the third bonus content item associated with thesecond episode (e.g., because the playback position corresponds to thefirst episode), the user interface for the second episode still includesthe representation of the third bonus content item—and representationsof other bonus content items associated with the second episode.

The above-described manner of displaying representations of bonuscontent items associated with the second episode in the user interfacefor the second episode even when the representations of bonus contentitems associated with the second episode are not displayed in the userinterface for the series of episodic content enables the electronicdevice to reduce the number of representations of bonus content itemsincluded in the user interface for the series of episodic content whilestill providing access to all of the bonus content by displaying therepresentations of bonus content items associated with a respectiveepisode in the user interface for the respective episode whichsimplifies the interaction between the user and the electronic deviceand enhances the operability of the electronic device and makes theuser-device interface more efficient (e.g., by reducing the number ofinputs needed to access bonus content related to the current playbackposition of the user in the series of episodic content while alsoproviding a predictable way to access all other bonus content items fromthe user interfaces for individual episodes), which additionally reducespower usage and improves battery life of the electronic device byenabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly andefficiently.

In some embodiments, such as in FIG. 12L, in accordance with thedetermination that the user of the electronic device 500 has not watchedthe series of episodic content, the user interface 1204 for the secondepisode includes the representation 1226 c of the second bonus contentitem. In some embodiments, such as in FIG. 12R, in accordance with thedetermination that the user of the electronic device 500 has watched atleast the portion of the series of episodic content, the user interface1204 for the second episode includes the representation 1226 f of thesecond bonus content item. In some embodiments, such as in FIG. 12R, inaccordance with a determination that the user of the electronic device500 is entitled to access the series of episodic content (e.g., the useris subscribed to a channel, streaming service, or other provider thatprovides the series of episodic content, or the user has purchased theseries of episodic content), the user interface 1204 for the secondepisode includes the representation 1226 f of the second bonus contentitem. In some embodiments, such as in FIG. 12F, in accordance with adetermination that the user of the electronic device 500 is not entitledto access the series of episodic content (e.g., the user is notsubscribed to the channel, streaming service, or other provider thatprovides the series of episodic content, and the user has not purchasedthe series of episodic content), the user interface 1204 for the secondepisode includes the representation 1226 c of the second bonus contentitem. The episode page user interface optionally further includesrepresentations of bonus content items associated with the entire seriesof episodic content irrespective of whether or not the user has watchedthe series of episodic content and irrespective of whether the user isentitled to access the respective series of episodic content. In someembodiments, the user is entitled to access the respective series ofepisodic content via an active subscription to a streaming service,channel, or other content provider. Optionally, the user is not entitledto access the respective series of episodic content if they do not havean active subscription to the service or content provider that providesthe series. For example, if the user is subscribed to the service thatprovides access to the series of episodic content, the episode page userinterface for the second episode includes representations of the bonuscontent items associated with the second episode, including bonuscontent associated only with the second episode and bonus content itemsassociated with the entire series of episodic content. As anotherexample, even if the user is not subscribed to the service that providesaccess to the series of episodic content, the episode page userinterface for the second episode includes representations of the bonuscontent items associated with the second episode, including bonuscontent associated only with the second episode and bonus content itemsassociated with the entire series of episodic content. Likewise, in someembodiments, an episode page user interface for the first episodeincludes representations of bonus content items related to the firstepisode, including bonus content items related only to the first episodeand bonus content items related to the entire series of episodic contentirrespective of whether the user has watched the series of episodiccontent and whether or not the user is entitled to access the series ofepisodic content. In some embodiments, the user is able to access theitems of bonus content regardless of whether the user is entitled toaccess the series of episodic content. In some embodiments, the user isonly able to access the bonus content items if they are entitled toaccess the series of episodic content.

The above-described manner of displaying the representation of thesecond bonus content item in the episode page user interface for thesecond episode in a variety of scenarios enables the electronic deviceto provide quick and predictable access to the second bonus contentitem, which simplifies the interaction between the user and theelectronic device and enhances the operability of the electronic deviceand makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by reducingthe number of inputs needed to find the representation of the secondbonus content item by displaying it consistently in the episode pageuser interface for the second episode), which additionally reduces powerusage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling theuser to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently.

In some embodiments, such as in FIG. 12C, in accordance with thedetermination that the user of the electronic device 500 has not watchedthe series of episodic content and in accordance with a determinationthat the series of episodic content is currently-releasing series ofepisodic content (e.g., new episodes of the series of episodic contentare still being released), the user interface 1202 for the series ofepisodic content includes the representations 1226 of the first andsecond bonus content items.

In some embodiments, such as in FIG. 12C, in accordance with thedetermination that the user of the electronic device 500 has not watchedthe series of episodic content and in accordance with a determinationthat the series of episodic content is not a currently-releasing seriesof episodic content (e.g., all episodes of the respective series ofepisodic content have been released), the user interface 1202 for theseries of episodic content includes the representations 1226 of thefirst and second bonus content items. For example, if the series ofepisodic content is not a currently-releasing series of episodiccontent, one or more episodes that will be included in acurrently-releasing series of episodic content have not yet beenreleased. Optionally, a series of episodic content that is not acurrently-releasing series of episodic content is a “closed” seriesepisodic content. In some embodiments, when a series of episodic contentis “closed,” all episodes of the series of episodic content have beenreleased and no further episodes are scheduled to be released in thefuture (e.g., the series has been canceled). In some embodiments, inaccordance with the determination that the user of the electronic devicehas not watched the series of episodic content, the user interfaceassociated with the respective series of episodic content includesrepresentations of all of the bonus content items associated with theseries of episodic content regardless of whether the series of episodiccontent is a “closed” series or is a currently-releasing series.

In some embodiments, such as in FIG. 12O, in accordance with thedetermination that the user of the electronic device 500 has watched atleast the portion of the series of episodic content and that the currentplayback position of the user in the series of episodic contentcorresponds to the first episode and in accordance with thedetermination that the series of episodic content is currently-releasingseries of episodic content (e.g., new episodes of the series of episodiccontent are still being released), the user interface 1202 includes therepresentation 1226 f of the first bonus content item, and the userinterface does not include the representation of the second bonuscontent item.

In some embodiments, such as in FIG. 12O, in accordance with thedetermination that the user of the electronic device 500 has watched atleast the portion of the series of episodic content and that the currentplayback position of the user in the series of episodic contentcorresponds to the first episode and in accordance with a determinationthat the series of episodic content is not a currently-releasing seriesof episodic content (e.g., all episodes of the respective series ofepisodic content have been released), the user interface 1202 includesthe representation 1226 f of the first bonus content item, and the userinterface does not include the representation of the second bonuscontent item. In some embodiments, in accordance with a determinationthat the user has watched at least a portion of the series of episodiccontent, the user interface associated with the series of episodiccontent includes representations of bonus content items related to theepisode associated with the current playback position within the seriesof episodic content regardless of whether the series of episodic contentis a “closed” series or is a currently-releasing series. For example, ifthe playback position is currently associated with the first episode,the user interface for the series of episodic content includesrepresentations of bonus content items related only to the first episodeand representations of bonus content items related to the entireseries—without including representations of bonus content items relatedonly to other episodes in the series—regardless of whether the series ofepisodic content is a “closed” series or is a currently-releasingseries. As another example, if the playback position is currentlyassociated with the second episode, the user interface for the series ofepisodic content includes representations of bonus content items relatedonly to the second episode and representations of bonus content itemsrelated to the entire series—without including representations of bonuscontent items related to only to other episodes in the series regardlessof whether the series of episodic content is a “closed” series or is acurrently-releasing series.

The above-described manner of displaying bonus content itemsirrespective of the release status of the content series enables theelectronic device to provide quick and predictable access to therepresentations of bonus content most relevant to the user based on theplayback position within the series of episodic content, whichsimplifies the interaction between the user and the electronic deviceand enhances the operability of the electronic device and makes theuser-device interface more efficient (e.g., by providing a predictableand efficient way of accessing the most relevant bonus content to allusers, irrespective of whether the user watches the series while it isopen or closed), which additionally reduces power usage and improvesbattery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use theelectronic device more quickly and efficiently.

It should be understood that the particular order in which theoperations in FIG. 13 have been described is merely exemplary and is notintended to indicate that the described order is the only order in whichthe operations could be performed. One of ordinary skill in the artwould recognize various ways to reorder the operations described herein.Additionally, it should be noted that details of other processesdescribed herein with respect to other methods described herein (e.g.,methods 700, 900, and 1100) are also applicable in an analogous mannerto method 1300 described above with respect to FIG. 13. For example, theways of presenting representations of bonus content items describedabove with reference to method 1300 optionally have one or more of thecharacteristics of the ways of presenting representations of items ofcontent, presenting representations of auxiliary content, presentingrepresentations of content based on the content consumption history ofthe user account, etc., described herein with reference to other methodsdescribed herein (e.g., methods 700, 900, and 1100). For brevity, thesedetails are not repeated here.

The operations in the information processing methods described aboveare, optionally, implemented by running one or more functional modulesin an information processing apparatus such as general purposeprocessors (e.g., a as described with respect to FIGS. 1A-1B, 3, 5A-5Cor application specific chips. Further, the operations described abovewith reference to FIG. 13 are, optionally, implemented by componentsdepicted in FIGS. 1A-1B. For example, displaying operation 1304 andreceiving operation 1302 are, optionally, implemented by event sorter170, event recognizer 180, and event handler 190. When a respectivepredefined event or sub-event is detected, event recognizer 180activates an event handler 190 associated with the detection of theevent or sub-event. Event handler 190 optionally utilizes or calls dataupdater 176 or object updater 177 to update the application internalstate 192. In some embodiments, event handler 190 accesses a respectiveGUI updater 178 to update what is displayed by the application.Similarly, it would be clear to a person having ordinary skill in theart how other processes can be implemented based on the componentsdepicted in FIGS. 1A-1B.

As described above, one aspect of the present technology is thegathering and use of data available from various sources to improve thedelivery to users of content that may be of interest to them. Thepresent disclosure contemplates that in some instances, this gathereddata may include personal information data that uniquely identifies orcan be used to contact or locate a specific person. Such personalinformation data can include demographic data, location-based data,telephone numbers, email addresses, twitter ID's, home addresses, dataor records relating to a user's health or level of fitness (e.g., vitalsigns measurements, medication information, exercise information), dateof birth, or any other identifying or personal information.

The present disclosure recognizes that the use of such personalinformation data, in the present technology, can be used to the benefitof users. For example, the personal information data can be used todeliver targeted content that is of greater interest to the user.Accordingly, use of such personal information data enables users tocalculated control of the delivered content. Further, other uses forpersonal information data that benefit the user are also contemplated bythe present disclosure. For instance, health and fitness data may beused to provide insights into a user's general wellness, or may be usedas positive feedback to individuals using technology to pursue wellnessgoals.

The present disclosure contemplates that the entities responsible forthe collection, analysis, disclosure, transfer, storage, or other use ofsuch personal information data will comply with well-established privacypolicies and/or privacy practices. In particular, such entities shouldimplement and consistently use privacy policies and practices that aregenerally recognized as meeting or exceeding industry or governmentalrequirements for maintaining personal information data private andsecure. Such policies should be easily accessible by users, and shouldbe updated as the collection and/or use of data changes. Personalinformation from users should be collected for legitimate and reasonableuses of the entity and not shared or sold outside of those legitimateuses. Further, such collection/sharing should occur after receiving theinformed consent of the users. Additionally, such entities shouldconsider taking any needed steps for safeguarding and securing access tosuch personal information data and ensuring that others with access tothe personal information data adhere to their privacy policies andprocedures. Further, such entities can subject themselves to evaluationby third parties to certify their adherence to widely accepted privacypolicies and practices. In addition, policies and practices should beadapted for the particular types of personal information data beingcollected and/or accessed and adapted to applicable laws and standards,including jurisdiction-specific considerations. For instance, in the US,collection of or access to certain health data may be governed byfederal and/or state laws, such as the Health Insurance Portability andAccountability Act (HIPAA); whereas health data in other countries maybe subject to other regulations and policies and should be handledaccordingly. Hence different privacy practices should be maintained fordifferent personal data types in each country.

Despite the foregoing, the present disclosure also contemplatesembodiments in which users selectively block the use of, or access to,personal information data. That is, the present disclosure contemplatesthat hardware and/or software elements can be provided to prevent orblock access to such personal information data. For example, in the caseof content delivery services, the present technology can be configuredto allow users to select to “opt in” or “opt out” of participation inthe collection of personal information data during registration forservices or anytime thereafter. In another example, users can select notto provide content taste data for targeted content delivery services. Inaddition to providing “opt in” and “opt out” options, the presentdisclosure contemplates providing notifications relating to the accessor use of personal information. For instance, a user may be notifiedupon downloading an app that their personal information data will beaccessed and then reminded again just before personal information datais accessed by the app.

Moreover, it is the intent of the present disclosure that personalinformation data should be managed and handled in a way to minimizerisks of unintentional or unauthorized access or use. Risk can beminimized by limiting the collection of data and deleting data once itis no longer needed. In addition, and when applicable, including incertain health related applications, data de-identification can be usedto protect a user's privacy. De-identification may be facilitated, whenappropriate, by removing specific identifiers (e.g., date of birth,etc.), controlling the amount or specificity of data stored (e.g.,collecting location data a city level rather than at an address level),controlling how data is stored (e.g., aggregating data across users),and/or other methods.

Therefore, although the present disclosure broadly covers use ofpersonal information data to implement one or more various disclosedembodiments, the present disclosure also contemplates that the variousembodiments can also be implemented without the need for accessing suchpersonal information data. That is, the various embodiments of thepresent technology are not rendered inoperable due to the lack of all ora portion of such personal information data. For example, content can beselected and delivered to users by inferring preferences based onnon-personal information data or a bare minimum amount of personalinformation, such as the content being requested by the deviceassociated with a user, other non-personal information available to thecontent delivery services, or publicly available information.

The foregoing description, for purpose of explanation, has beendescribed with reference to specific embodiments. However, theillustrative discussions above are not intended to be exhaustive or tolimit the invention to the precise forms disclosed. Many modificationsand variations are possible in view of the above teachings. Theembodiments were chosen and described in order to best explain theprinciples of the invention and its practical applications, to therebyenable others skilled in the art to best use the invention and variousdescribed embodiments with various modifications as are suited to theparticular use contemplated.

1. A method comprising: at an electronic device in communication with adisplay and one or more input devices: displaying, via the display, acontent item representation section that includes a primary position, afirst secondary position, and a second secondary position, wherein afirst representation associated with a first content item is located inthe primary position, a second representation associated with a secondcontent item is located in the first secondary position, the firstrepresentation is partially overlaid on the second representation, andthe first and second representations are selectable to initiaterespective actions corresponding to the respective content items; whiledisplaying the content item representation section, receiving, via theone or more input devices, an input corresponding to a request to movethe first representation to the second secondary position in the contentitem representation section; and in response to receiving the input:moving the first representation from the primary position to the secondsecondary position a first distance in a first direction; and moving thesecond representation from the first secondary position to the primaryposition the first distance in the first direction, wherein: moving thefirst representation from the primary position to the second secondaryposition, and the second representation from the first secondaryposition to the primary position comprises moving a cropping boundarybetween first representation and the second representation by a seconddistance, greater than the first distance, in the first direction,revealing the second representation from underneath the firstrepresentation, and after moving the first representation from theprimary position to the second secondary position, and the secondrepresentation from the first secondary position to the primaryposition, the second representation is partially overlaid on the firstrepresentation.
 2. The method of claim 1, wherein the content itemrepresentation section is included as a row in a user interface of aunified media browsing application, the user interface including otherrows of other representations of content items that are selectable toinitiate processes to display the respective content items via thedisplay.
 3. The method of claim 1, wherein: the primary position is acenter position in the content item representation section, the firstsecondary position is a left position in the content item representationsection, and the second secondary position is a right position in thecontent item representation section, a left side of a respectiverepresentation that is in the first secondary position is aligned with aleft side of the first secondary position, and a right side of arespective representation that is in the second secondary position isaligned with a right side of the second secondary position.
 4. Themethod of claim 1, wherein the second representation comprises two ormore layers of images, and while the second representation is in theprimary position, the two or more layers of images move with respect toeach other within the second representation in response to touch inputdetected on a touch-sensitive surface of the one or more input devices.5. The method of claim 4, wherein the two or more layers includes afirst video layer that includes playing video content and a first staticlayer that includes static image content, wherein the video content inthe first video layer starts playing in response to the secondrepresentation being moved to the primary position.
 6. The method ofclaim 1, wherein the second representation comprises two or more layersof images, the method further comprising: while the secondrepresentation is not in the primary position, the two or more layers ofthe second representation are fixed to each other and do not move withrespect to one another in response to touch input detected on atouch-sensitive surface of the one or more input devices; and while thesecond representation is in the primary position, the two or more layersof images move with respect to each other within the secondrepresentation in response to touch input detected on thetouch-sensitive surface of the one or more input devices.
 7. The methodof claim 6, further comprising: while the second representation is inthe primary position: receiving, via the one or more input devices, arespective touch input detected on the touch-sensitive surface of theone or more input devices; and in response to receiving the respectivetouch input: in accordance with a determination that the respectivetouch input has a movement magnitude larger than a threshold, moving thetwo or more layers of images in the second representation with respectto each other within the second representation in accordance with therespective touch input; and in accordance with a determination that therespective touch input has the movement magnitude smaller than thethreshold, forgoing moving the two or more layers of images in thesecond representation with respect to each other.
 8. The method of claim7, wherein moving the two or more layers of images in the secondrepresentation with respect to each other within the secondrepresentation comprises moving the two or more layers of images in thesecond representation with respect to each other within the secondrepresentation while a border of the second representation remainsfixed.
 9. The method of claim 1, wherein the second representationincludes a title of the second content item, and the title of the secondcontent item animates from outside the second representation to insidethe second representation in response to the second representation beingmoved to the primary position.
 10. The method of claim 1, wherein: whilethe first representation associated with the first content item is inthe primary position and the second representation associated with thesecond content item is in the first secondary position, the firstrepresentation is displayed with a first brightness characteristic, andthe second representation is displayed with a second brightnesscharacteristic, different than the first characteristic, and while thesecond representation associated with the second content item is in theprimary position and the first representation associated with the firstcontent item is in the second secondary position, the firstrepresentation is displayed with the second brightness characteristic,and the second representation is displayed with the first brightnesscharacteristic.
 11. The method of claim 1, wherein the secondrepresentation comprises two or more layers of images, the methodfurther comprising: while the second representation is in the primaryposition, receiving, via the one or more input devices, an inputcorresponding to a selection input detected at the one or more inputdevices; and in response to receiving the input corresponding to theselection input detected at the one or more input devices, displaying ananimation of the two or more layers moving towards a foreground of thedisplay resulting in display, via the display, of a user interfacespecific to the second content item.
 12. The method of claim 11, furthercomprising: in response to displaying the user interface specific to thesecond content item: in accordance with a determination that a user ofthe electronic device has not interacted with the second content item:displaying, on the user interface, a video trailer associated with thesecond content item; and in accordance with a determination that a userof the electronic device has interacted with the second content item:displaying, on the user interface, ambient video content, as abackground of the user interface, associated with the second contentitem without displaying the video trailer in the user interface.
 13. Themethod of claim 12, wherein: in accordance with a determination that theuser of the electronic device has watched a first set of episodes of thesecond content item, the ambient video is a first ambient video, and inaccordance with a determination that the user of the electronic devicehas watched a second set of episodes of the second content item,different than the first set, the ambient video is a second ambientvideo, different than the first ambient video.
 14. The method of claim13, wherein the content item representation section includes the firstrepresentation, the second representation and a third representation ofa third content item, and: while a respective representation of thefirst, second and third representations is in the primary position inthe content item representation section, the respective representationincludes at least one animated portion; and while respectiverepresentations of the first, second and third representations are inthe first and second secondary positions in the content itemrepresentation section, the respective representations do not includerespective at least one animated portions.
 15. The method of claim 1,wherein the content item representation section does not include arepresentation of an episode of a collection of episodic content. 16.The method of claim 1, wherein: while the first representation of thefirst content item is located in the primary position, the firstrepresentation includes a visual indication of a provider of the firstcontent item, and while the second representation of the second contentitem is located in the primary position, the second representationinclude a visual indication of a provider of the second content item.17. An electronic device, comprising: one or more processors; memory;and one or more programs, wherein the one or more programs are stored inthe memory and configured to be executed by the one or more processors,the one or more programs including instructions for: displaying, via adisplay, a content item representation section that includes a primaryposition, a first secondary position, and a second secondary position,wherein a first representation associated with a first content item islocated in the primary position, a second representation associated witha second content item is located in the first secondary position, thefirst representation is partially overlaid on the second representation,and the first and second representations are selectable to initiaterespective actions corresponding to the respective content items; whiledisplaying the content item representation section, receiving, via theone or more input devices, an input corresponding to a request to movethe first representation to the second secondary position in the contentitem representation section; and in response to receiving the input:moving the first representation from the primary position to the secondsecondary position a first distance in a first direction; and moving thesecond representation from the first secondary position to the primaryposition the first distance in the first direction, wherein: moving thefirst representation from the primary position to the second secondaryposition, and the second representation from the first secondaryposition to the primary position comprises moving a cropping boundarybetween first representation and the second representation by a seconddistance, greater than the first distance, in the first direction,revealing the second representation from underneath the firstrepresentation, and after moving the first representation from theprimary position to the second secondary position, and the secondrepresentation from the first secondary position to the primaryposition, the second representation is partially overlaid on the firstrepresentation.
 18. A non-transitory computer readable storage mediumstoring one or more programs, the one or more programs comprisinginstructions, which when executed by one or more processors of anelectronic device, cause the electronic device to: display, via adisplay, a content item representation section that includes a primaryposition, a first secondary position, and a second secondary position,wherein a first representation associated with a first content item islocated in the primary position, a second representation associated witha second content item is located in the first secondary position, thefirst representation is partially overlaid on the second representation,and the first and second representations are selectable to initiaterespective actions corresponding to the respective content items; whiledisplaying the content item representation section, receive, via the oneor more input devices, an input corresponding to a request to move thefirst representation to the second secondary position in the contentitem representation section; and in response to receiving the input:move the first representation from the primary position to the secondsecondary position a first distance in a first direction; and move thesecond representation from the first secondary position to the primaryposition the first distance in the first direction, wherein: moving thefirst representation from the primary position to the second secondaryposition, and the second representation from the first secondaryposition to the primary position comprises moving a cropping boundarybetween first representation and the second representation by a seconddistance, greater than the first distance, in the first direction,revealing the second representation from underneath the firstrepresentation, and after moving the first representation from theprimary position to the second secondary position, and the secondrepresentation from the first secondary position to the primaryposition, the second representation is partially overlaid on the firstrepresentation.